Quarterlytics / Technology / Software - Application / MicroStrategy

MicroStrategy

mstr · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker mstr
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Software - Application
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · MicroStrategy
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
(cid:48)(cid:76)(cid:70)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:54)(cid:87)(cid:85)(cid:68)(cid:87)(cid:72)(cid:74)(cid:92) (cid:21)(cid:19)(cid:20)7 (cid:36)(cid:81)(cid:81)(cid:88)(cid:68)(cid:79) (cid:53)(cid:72)(cid:83)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:87)

 
1850 Towers Crescent Plaza    Tysons Corner, VA 22182
microstrategy.com  703.848.8600

Dear MicroStrategy Stockholder: 

Through our Symposium Series last year, I had the opportunity to speak with data enthusiasts in over 25 countries and marveled at all the 
extraordinary ways our technology platform is used to run global businesses. What I learned is that there is no better R&D lab than our 
customers building thousands upon thousands of cutting-edge solutions with our enterprise analytics and mobility platform to help solve 
today’s critical business challenges. It also became clear that we needed to empower our customers with more than great software. To that 
end, we introduced the Map of the Intelligent Enterprise™ earlier this year. The map shows how an organization can apply our intelligence 
platform to existing enterprise assets to empower constituents with unique intelligence applications, accessed on any standard device. We’re 
excited to be guiding modern businesses in adopting the right technology and techniques they need to become an Intelligent Enterprise. 

In 2017, we enhanced our product offering by fundamentally reimagining the user experience and modernizing our flagship platform, 
MicroStrategy 10™. We unveiled a new generation of products that we believe are game changers—supporting AI, machine learning, big 
data and open APIs. We introduced Dossier™, an interactive book of dashboards that makes it easier than ever for people to collaborate and 
tell stories using data. We also operationalized dossiers by revamping MicroStrategy Desktop™ and releasing MicroStrategy Workstation. 
These innovations made it dramatically easier and faster for developers and analysts everywhere to drive the adoption of easy-to-use analytics 
applications to tens of thousands of people. We also expanded support for MicroStrategy on AWS in more locations to facilitate customer 
deployment of our unique and differentiated platform in the cloud.  

To help ensure that we meet the changing needs of our customers, we worked diligently to expand and enhance our Worldwide Services 
capabilities across Consulting, Cloud, Support and Education so that we remain a trusted advisor to our customers on their journey to 
becoming an Intelligent Enterprise. We’re helping our customers establish Intelligence Centers—composed of experts who design, develop 
and optimize the platform and intelligent processes—while deepening our education content, learning paths and certifications. We are making 
significant investments in and updating our services programs to deliver outcome-based assessments, advisories and architecture based on 
best practices consistent with our vision of the Intelligent Enterprise. With an increased focus on tangible customer success, our new account 
management approach has already yielded positive results, including best-in-class customer renewals and high customer satisfaction ratings. 

With respect to our most important asset—our employees—we are growing our global team and committed to making MicroStrategy a fun, 
exciting, and rewarding place to work. We have been investing in our three key development centers—Hangzhou, China; Warsaw, Poland; 
and Tysons Corner, Virginia—and have plans to grow our headcount in each of these locations as we enhance our capacity and capability in 
our Technology, Consulting, and Support organizations through aggressive campus and experienced hire campaigns. As we execute on those 
plans, we are also making investments to provide physical work spaces that reinforce a collaborative mindset and highly engaged spirit. We 
rolled out a new framework to better support career growth of our employees through upward and lateral job movement. We are addressing 
employee wellness by partnering with a leading fitness wearable company and introducing a program that has engaged nearly half of our 
workforce in quarterly competitions designed to promote active monitoring of health and fitness. Our women’s leadership group, “At the 
Table,” has had a profound impact supporting the development of female leaders and advocating for gender diversity at MicroStrategy and 
across the broader technology landscape. 

The good news doesn’t stop there. 2017 saw improvements to the discipline in our systems, processes, operations, and financial and 
budgeting controls. We invested in a number of sales and marketing areas, including teleprospecting and lead conversion, as well as digital 
marketing, search engine optimization and field marketing. With ramped-up investment in sales and marketing, we are starting to see material 
increases in lead generation. With nearly 100 Symposium Series events and MicroStrategy World™ drawing record attendance in 2017, our 
events demonstrated that business and IT users are eager to put our powerful analytics platform to work. Totaling 35,000 registrations to date, 
our free Jump Start program is taught in nine languages across 50 cities worldwide and continues to enroll individuals eager to innovate 
boldly with MicroStrategy. 

We grew our ecosystem of strategic partnerships with leading companies that provide big data, analytics and value-added integration 
expertise. Recently, we rolled out a new partner program, along with new channel partner accreditations, making it easier for our channel 
partners to take MicroStrategy to market. Our leading channel partners deliver some of the most cutting-edge technology and solutions on big 
data, mobility, cloud and Internet of Things. 

Looking ahead, we will continue to invest, assess and adjust, with a deep focus on creating long-term value for the enterprise and our 
customers. The investments we make will build on the solid foundation of our nearly 30 years of enterprise analytics and mobility expertise. 
We invite organizations and institutions everywhere to build on our proven technologies and techniques to grow and thrive, today and well 
into the future. Thank you for your continued support. 

Michael J. Saylor 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 

 
 
 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES 

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017

OR

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES 

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                         to                        

Commission File Number 000-24435

MICROSTRATEGY INCORPORATED

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware
(State of Incorporation)

1850 Towers Crescent Plaza, Tysons Corner, VA  22182
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)          (Zip Code)

51-0323571
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (703) 848-8600

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share

Name of each exchange on which registered
The NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  Not applicable

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes  ☐    No  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing 
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required 
to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period 
that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the 
best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to 
this Form 10-K.  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an 
emerging  growth  company.    See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer,”  “smaller  reporting  company,”  and  “emerging  growth 
company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  (Check one):

Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer

☒
☐  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company
Emerging growth company

☐
☐
☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new 
or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes  ☐    No  ☒

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant (based on the last reported sale price of the 
registrant’s class A common stock on June 30, 2017 on the NASDAQ Global Select Market) was approximately $1,807.9 million.

The number of shares of the registrant’s class A common stock and class B common stock outstanding on January 26, 2018 was 9,411,810 and 2,035,184, 
respectively.

Documents incorporated by reference:  Portions of the definitive proxy statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of the Registrant to be filed 
subsequently with the SEC are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K to the extent indicated herein.

MICROSTRATEGY INCORPORATED

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Business

Risk Factors

Unresolved Staff Comments

Properties

Legal Proceedings

Mine Safety Disclosures

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases 
of Equity Securities

Selected Financial Data

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

PART I

Item 1.

Item 1A.

Item 1B.

Item 2.

Item 3.

Item 4.

PART II

Item 5.

Item 6.

Item 7.

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Controls and Procedures

Other Information

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Executive Compensation

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 
Matters

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Item 8.

Item 9.

Item 9A.

Item 9B.

PART III

Item 10.

Item 11.

Item 12.

Item 13.

Item 14.

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

Page

4

25

39

39

39

40

41

43

44

67

68

68

68

69

70

70

70

70

70

71

2

The  trademarks  and  registered  trademarks  of  MicroStrategy  Incorporated  and  its  subsidiaries  referred  to  herein 
include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  MicroStrategy,  MicroStrategy  10,  MicroStrategy  10.9,  MicroStrategy  Cloud, 
MicroStrategy  Analytics,  MicroStrategy  Mobile,  MicroStrategy  Desktop,  MicroStrategy  Web,  MicroStrategy 
Server,  MicroStrategy  Distribution  Services,  MicroStrategy  Data  Mining  Services,  MicroStrategy  Library, 
MicroStrategy  Services,  MicroStrategy  Consulting,  MicroStrategy  Education,  Usher,  Usher  Professional,  Usher 
Analytics,  Usher  Network  Manager,  Usher  Security,  Dossier,  Intelligent  Enterprise  and  Global  Delivery 
Center.   Third-party  product  and  company  names  mentioned  herein  may  be  the  trademarks  of  their  respective 
owners.

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

All references in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to “MicroStrategy,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer 
to MicroStrategy Incorporated and its consolidated subsidiaries (unless the context otherwise indicates).

FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the 
Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the  “Exchange  Act”).  For  this  purpose,  any  statements  contained 
herein  that  are  not  statements  of  historical  fact,  including  without  limitation,  certain  statements  under  “Item  1. 
Business,”  “Item  1A.  Risk  Factors,”  and  “Item  7.  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition 
and Results of Operations” and located elsewhere herein regarding industry prospects and our results of operations 
or financial position, may be deemed to be forward-looking statements. Without limiting the foregoing, the words 
“believes,”  “anticipates,”  “plans,”  “expects,”  and  similar  expressions  are  intended  to  identify  forward-looking 
statements. The important factors discussed under “Item 1A. Risk Factors,” among others, could cause actual results 
to  differ  materially  from  those  indicated  by  forward-looking  statements  made  herein  and  presented  elsewhere  by 
management from time to time. Such forward-looking statements represent management’s current expectations and 
are inherently uncertain. Investors are warned that actual results may differ from management’s expectations.

3

Item 1. 

Business 

Overview

PART I

MicroStrategy®  is  a  leading  worldwide  provider  of  enterprise  analytics  and  mobility  software.  Our  mission  is  to 
provide  enterprise  customers  with  a  world-class  software  platform  and  expert  services  so  they  can  deploy  unique 
intelligence applications.

MicroStrategy 10™, our flagship platform offering, consolidates analytics and mobility in a single unified platform. 
The  MicroStrategy  10  platform  is  available  on  Windows®,  Linux  and  Amazon  Web  Services  (“AWS”),  and  as  a 
hosted  service  offering  through  MicroStrategy  Cloud™.  Our  platform  offers  a  comprehensive  suite  of  business 
intelligence  functionality,  from  data  discovery  to  mobile  analytics,  data  mining,  Big  Data  analytics,  enterprise 
reporting  and  powerful  identity  intelligence  generated  by  digital  credentials.  MicroStrategy  10  builds  on  proven 
enterprise capabilities to make sophisticated, high-performance analytics more accessible, easier to use, and faster. 
MicroStrategy 10 consists of MicroStrategy Analytics™, MicroStrategy Mobile™, and Usher®.

MicroStrategy  Analytics  empowers  large  organizations  to  analyze  vast  amounts  of  data  and  securely  distribute 
actionable  business  insight  throughout  an  enterprise,  while  also  being  able  to  cater  to  smaller  workgroups  and 
departmental  use  via  MicroStrategy  Desktop™.    MicroStrategy  Analytics  delivers  reports  and  dashboards,  and 
enables  users  to  conduct  ad  hoc  analysis  and  share  insights  anywhere,  anytime,  via  mobile  devices  (via 
MicroStrategy Mobile) or the web (via MicroStrategy Web™).  It also combines the agility and productivity of self-
service  visual  data  discovery  with  the  security,  scalability,  and  governance  features  of  enterprise-grade  business 
intelligence.    Additionally,  MicroStrategy  Analytics  delivers  powerful  identity  intelligence  on  user  behavior  and 
resource utilization (via Usher).

MicroStrategy  Web  is  the  primary  interface  for  analysts,  data  scientists,  consumers  and  developers,  offering 
interactive  reporting,  dashboarding,  and  ad-hoc  data  discovery  capabilities  through  a  web  browser.  With 
MicroStrategy  Web,  users  can  design  and  deliver  reports  and  dashboards  across  various  styles  of  business 
intelligence, including scorecards, pixel-perfect documents and invoices, and interactive reports and dashboards, as 
well as for visual data discovery. MicroStrategy Web can also connect to a wide range of data sources, and be used 
to  build  sophisticated  advanced  analytical  models  that  may  be  inserted  within  reports  and  dashboards.  
MicroStrategy reports and dashboards can be personalized and automatically delivered to thousands of users with 
MicroStrategy Server™’s advanced distribution capabilities. Web applications can also be extensively customized 
and embedded into other applications using MicroStrategy Web SDK for a branded experience.

MicroStrategy  Desktop  is  a  free,  standalone,  on-premise,  single-user  tool  for  fast,  powerful,  and  easy-to-use  self-
service visual data discovery.  It enables business users to analyze and gain valuable insight and understanding into 
their  organizations’  data  by  quickly  creating  stunning  and  useful  visualizations,  without  assistance  from  the  IT 
department.  MicroStrategy Desktop can be readily downloaded and installed on a PC or Mac, making the power of 
MicroStrategy  10  easily  available.  MicroStrategy  Desktop  can  be  used  while  offline  and  while  not  connected  to 
MicroStrategy  Server.    MicroStrategy  Desktop  connects  to  MicroStrategy  Server  when  needed,  allowing  for 
governance workflows that deliver data discovery capabilities to the enterprise at scale.

MicroStrategy Mobile is fully integrated into the MicroStrategy Analytics platform, so it is easy to leverage existing 
reports and dashboards to instantly deploy mobile business intelligence.  In addition, MicroStrategy Mobile extends 
beyond  analytics  to  enable  organizations  to  rapidly  build  custom  enterprise  mobility  applications  that  deliver 
analytics combined with transactions, multimedia, and mapping to support business workflows.  The robust code-
free  application  development  platform  is  designed  to  reduce  development  costs  and  accelerate  the  deployment  of 
native  mobile  business  apps  optimized  for  both  iOS®  and  Android™.    Companies  can  build  fully  native  iOS  and 
Android  apps  that  take  advantage  of  the  unique  device  and  operating  system  capabilities  (e.g.,  GPS/location, 
calendar,  and  camera)  on  those  devices.    MicroStrategy  Mobile  is  an  easy,  fast,  and  cost-effective  vehicle  for 
mobilizing an organization’s information systems, including its data warehouses, business intelligence, ERP, CRM, 
and web applications that are currently accessible only on the desktop.  With MicroStrategy Mobile, businesses can 
transform  their  entire  workforce  into  a  connected  and  more  productive  mobile  workforce.    With  mobile  access  to 

4

critical corporate data and systems that drive the business, employees can have a virtual office in their hands at all 
times.  MicroStrategy Mobile also enables companies to deploy customized, white-labeled mobile apps to business 
partners  and  customers.  These  apps  can  serve  as  new  or  enhanced  offerings  that  differentiate  an  organization’s 
product or service to business partners or customers. 

Usher delivers to its users unique mobile identity badges, each cryptographically linked to its owner’s smartphone 
and  dynamically  linked  to  the  enterprise’s  existing  identity  repositories,  that  are  highly  secure  and  convenient  for 
organizations to deploy.  Usher badges work on standard smartphones running on iOS or the Android platform and 
include  an  Apple  Watch®  integration.    Through  the  use  of  Bluetooth®,  QR  codes,  biometrics,  push  notifications, 
time-limited PIN codes, and other authentication methods, Usher badge users can log into applications, VPNs, and 
workstations, unlock doors and other physical gateways, and validate each other’s identities.  Usher badge users are 
also  able  to  scan  barcodes  for  asset  tracking  applications.    Usher  can  additionally  serve  as  a  powerful  enterprise 
productivity  tool  with  Usher  Professional™,  a  dynamic  and  searchable  employee  directory  that  facilitates 
communication  among  users,  and  gives  managers  insight  into  the  location  and  activity  of  their  distributed 
workforce. Usher Professional users can view badge user activity on a nearly real-time map and manage or direct 
their  workforce  by  engaging  in  two-way  communication  with  badge  users.   In  the  Enterprise  Internet  of  Things 
(“EIoT”) paradigm, interactions between Usher users and enterprise resources generate real-time telemetry, which 
can  be  efficiently  harnessed  in  Usher  Analytics™,  creating  actionable  intelligence.    By  delivering  strong  yet 
convenient authentication that can be extended to nearly every corporate system, Usher can uncover insights, reduce 
infrastructure  complexity,  and  secure  assets  --  all  to  help  businesses  flourish  in  the  age  of  connected  devices  and 
connected  people.    Usher  addresses  some  of  the  biggest  challenges  facing  corporations  today,  including 
authentication,  identity  and  access  management,  and  resource  authorization,  while  applying  industry-leading 
business intelligence and analytics to an enterprise’s infrastructure.

MicroStrategy on AWS allows organizations to harness the power of data through our enterprise solutions via the 
cloud.    Compared  to  traditional  on-premise  approaches,  MicroStrategy  on  AWS  is  architected  to  deliver  best-of-
breed  MicroStrategy  software  via  the  cloud,  with  pre-configured,  ready-to-go  servers,  coupled  with  the  required 
supporting  infrastructure.    With  MicroStrategy  on  AWS,  customers  can  launch  enterprise  analytics  environments 
within  minutes  via  a  web-based  provisioning  tool,  and  use  the  full  MicroStrategy  10  offering.    MicroStrategy  on 
AWS deploys MicroStrategy directly into the customer’s AWS account where the customer maintains and manages 
the environment.

For customers looking for a Platform-as-a-Service (PaaS) experience, MicroStrategy Cloud offers managed services 
that  deliver  the  full  breadth  of  platform  capabilities  along  with  a  dedicated  cloud  operations  team  to  deploy  the 
platform  in  the  cloud.    MicroStrategy  Cloud  is  well  suited  for  organizations  without  extensive  IT  resources  to 
maintain  and  manage  the  cloud  infrastructure  on  their  own.    MicroStrategy  Cloud  offers  a  99.9%  Service  Level 
Agreement  for  availability,  and  is  backed  by  a  team  of  experts  and  dedicated  tech  support  staff  that  provides 
continuous  monitoring  and  alerting.    MicroStrategy  Cloud  maintains  and  keeps  up  to  date  on  compliance  and 
security  certifications  to  help  ensure  the  environments  adhere  to  the  Service  Organization  Control  2,  ISO  27001, 
Payment  Card  Industry,  Health  Insurance  Portability  and  Accountability  Act  (“HIPAA”),  and  Privacy  Shield 
standards.

System integrators, value-added resellers, and original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) around the world rely on 
the  capabilities  of  the  MicroStrategy  platform,  including  its  functionality,  workflows,  report  presentation,  user 
management,  security,  administration,  system  configuration,  and  monitoring,  to  build  branded  and  custom 
applications  of  their  own.  Our  platform’s  open  architecture  and  APIs  make  it  especially  suitable  for  developing 
custom functionality or integrating with other applications.  Organizations seeking to add analytics features to their 
own  offerings  can  easily  and  directly  embed  the  platform  into  their  business  applications  or  portals  with  white 
labeling and single sign-on options.

We  were  incorporated  as  a  Delaware  corporation  on  November  17,  1989.  Today,  with  operations  in  28  countries 
worldwide, we are one of the largest independent publicly-traded analytics vendors as measured by annual revenue.

5

MicroStrategy 10 

MicroStrategy  10  transforms  data  into  business  insights  through  highly  visual,  interactive  reports  and  dashboards 
that  can  be  securely  distributed  to  hundreds  of  thousands  of  users  throughout  an  enterprise.    In  MicroStrategy 
10.9™, MicroStrategy  introduced the Dossier™ feature, which enables users to consolidate reports and dashboards 
into an easy-to-consume and intuitive analytics book referred to as a dossier. With dossiers, users can utilize built-in 
collaboration  capabilities,  tables  of  contents,  powerful  filtering  options, and proactive alerts and push notifications 
on top of existing reports and dashboards. 

Five key business needs have driven demand for powerful analytics solutions:

•

•

•

•

•

Increased  consumption  of  analytics.  In  the  past,  dissemination  of  information  was  limited  to  a  few 
power-users  or  analysts.    Now,  a  wide  range  of  information  users  –  from  customer  service 
representatives to the CEO within a company, and from customers to suppliers outside the organization 
–  can  benefit  from  the  insight  that  analytics  provides.    The  wide  acceptance  of  the  Internet  as  an 
information source also has fueled demand for enterprise data to be accessible over the web to tens of 
thousands of users across an enterprise.  In addition, demand for analytics on mobile devices is being 
driven by the growth of the mobile Internet and by the accelerating proliferation of mobile devices.

Increased  data  scalability.  Increasing  information  generation,  and  in  particular,  the  ability  to  capture 
and  store  electronically  every  business  transaction  and  interaction,  have  made  terabyte-size  data 
warehouses commonplace. Due to very large data volumes at some organizations, such as data volumes 
generated by social media, data warehouses can now reach sizes in excess of tens of petabytes (1,000 
terabytes). 
is  now  routinely  captured, 
organizations often struggle to make productive use of such massive data stores.  Organizations need to 
view  data  within  its  operational  context  –  making  even  the  most  detailed  information  meaningful  to 
business users.  As a result, users want the ability to easily discover trends hidden in these very large 
databases and to verify these trends by reviewing the underlying detail.

transaction-  and 

interaction-level 

information 

  While 

Improved analytics system performance.  The increase in user population sizes and data volumes puts a 
strain on analytics infrastructures.  Business users expect to retrieve the information they are requesting 
within  seconds  of  making  the  request.    Mobile  devices  have  set  this  expectation  even  higher  by 
increasing  demand  for  near  instantaneous  responses  to  requests.    Analytics  administrators  need  to 
systematically monitor and tune the analytics environment to provide the expected service levels.

Improved data comprehension and visualization.  As data volumes have increased, the growing work 
demands placed on business users have meant progressively less time available to users to monitor and 
improve their businesses and make informed decisions.  As a result, business users need to view the data 
in  a  summarized,  easy-to-grasp  format  and  navigate  to  areas  of  concern  for  additional  insight.  
Presenting  the  data  in  a  highly  visual,  accessible,  and  interactive  format  to  collate,  view,  and  explore 
information with agility and ease of use improves the overall comprehension of the business and speeds 
up the decision-making process.

Increased  demand  for  personalized,  one-to-one  customer  and/or  supplier  experience.  Many 
companies  have  implemented  strategies  that  establish  personalized  relationships  with  each  customer 
and/or  supplier  based  on  individual  needs  and  preferences.  They  earn  loyalty  by  providing  superior 
service, security, and convenience. In order to successfully acquire, retain, and upgrade customers, these 
organizations  need  to  understand  their  customers’  profiles,  transaction  histories,  past  responses  to 
marketing campaigns, and interactions with customer service. This information is often stored in widely 
dispersed and complex data sources, and obtaining a holistic view of the customer can be challenging.

The volume of data available to enterprises is growing at a very high rate, being driven by greater transaction detail, 
more sensors, more external data, and more data from mobile and social media platforms. MicroStrategy 10 helps 
organizations  worldwide  take  advantage  of  this  explosive  growth  in  enterprise  data  by  equipping  managers  and 
employees with timely, actionable information to make data-driven business decisions.

6

Solutions  built  on  MicroStrategy  10  can  give  analysts,  managers,  and  executives  the  critical  insight  they  need  to 
reduce costs, better allocate resources, improve efficiencies, and optimize operations.  MicroStrategy 10 can also be 
used  to  build  stronger  relationships  with  business  partners  and  suppliers  by  providing  insights  for  managing 
inventory  levels,  analyzing  supply  chains,  and  tracking  vendor  performance.  MicroStrategy  10  also  includes 
predictive capabilities that enable organizations to leverage their historical data to project future business outcomes.

MicroStrategy 10 provides IT professionals with a powerful, highly automated mechanism for delivering insightful 
reports and dashboards to employees throughout an organization.  In addition, MicroStrategy 10 offers self-service 
capabilities, which enable business users to upload, prepare, and explore enterprise data on their own, without any 
coding  or  IT  expertise.    With  these  self-service  capabilities,  business  users  can  spot  trends  and  outliers  in  a 
completely visual and interactive way, thereby eliminating much of the need for IT to create reports and dashboards 
for them.

MicroStrategy  10  is  available  in  two  distinct  end  user  products:  MicroStrategy  Analytics  and  MicroStrategy 
Desktop.  MicroStrategy  Analytics  is  designed  for  enterprise-scale  business  intelligence,  supporting  high 
performance  analytics  on  gigabytes,  terabytes,  or  petabytes  of  data.    Organizations  can  deploy  MicroStrategy 
Analytics on-premise or access the same functionality within the MicroStrategy on AWS or MicroStrategy Cloud 
offerings.  MicroStrategy  Desktop  puts  the  power  of  MicroStrategy  10  into  the  hands  of  individual  users  for  self-
service visual analytics and data discovery.  The two products share a common user experience — making it easy to 
start small with self-service analytics and grow into the production-grade features of MicroStrategy Analytics.

MicroStrategy Analytics 

MicroStrategy Analytics is our flagship analytics software. It is a comprehensive, enterprise-grade solution featuring 
sophisticated analytics, scalable performance, multi-level security, and rigorous data governance.  It also combines 
the agility and productivity of self-service data visualization (also known as visual data discovery), which bridges 
the gap between fast, elegant, interactive visual analytics and powerful, large-scale enterprise business intelligence.

Key benefits of MicroStrategy Analytics include:

•

•

•

•

Flexibility  to  report,  analyze,  and  monitor.  MicroStrategy  Analytics  unifies  reporting,  analysis,  and 
real-time  business  monitoring  into  one  seamless  experience  for  the  business  user,  one  efficient  and 
scalable architecture for the IT professional, and one economical and extensible utility for the CIO.

Single  platform  for  enterprise  data  discovery  and  analytics.  MicroStrategy  Analytics  supports  both 
business  user  and  traditional  IT  user  needs  by  offering  various  styles  of  BI  bundled  into  a  single 
comprehensive  analytics  platform.  Business  users  have  access  to  the  data  discovery  toolset  via 
MicroStrategy  Web, MicroStrategy  Desktop  and  MicroStrategy  Mobile,  and these user  interfaces  also 
allow  them  to  consume  other  styles  of  analytics  that  their  IT  organizations  have  deployed,  including 
pixel-perfect dashboards, enterprise reports and statements, scorecards, and more. Organizations do not 
need to resort to other point data discovery tools to gain access to agile data discovery capabilities, as 
they are available as an integrated part of MicroStrategy Analytics.

Industrial-strength  analytics.  MicroStrategy  Analytics  enables  industrial-strength  analytics  with 
enterprise-caliber technology and high user- and data-scalability.  It enables centralized administration, 
operations,  and  maintenance  in  a  unified  interface  and  from  within  a  unified  hardware  environment.  
Users  can  connect  through  their  mobile  devices,  a  zero-footprint  web  offering,  a  desktop-based  client 
for offline analysis and by directly injecting analytics into Microsoft® Office products — expanding the 
reach of business intelligence across the enterprise.

Data discovery at scale. MicroStrategy Analytics offers data discovery capabilities and is available to 
the end user across all standard user interfaces. With its HTML5 interface, users are able to connect to 
most  data  sources,  ranging  from  personal  spreadsheets  to  enterprise  warehouses  and  cloud  hosted 
sources, and can blend and prepare the data on their own without any IT support. This fully self-service 
work flow also allows the extension of the software to integrate with other third-party capabilities.  For 
instance,  although  MicroStrategy  Analytics  includes  a  variety  of  out-of-the-box  visualizations,  it  also 
provides  the  ability  to  include  other  third-party  visualizations  like  D3  and  high  charts,  as  well  as  the 

7

•

•

•

•

•

ability to include native and third-party advanced analytics into native workflows. The dashboards that 
include all of these components can also be personalized and shared with thousands of users across the 
organization using our powerful MicroStrategy Distribution Services™.

Data  to  insight  in  minutes  without  IT  involvement.  MicroStrategy  Analytics  gives  business  users  a 
simple,  powerful,  and  fast  way  to  analyze  data  with  minimal  set-up  requirements.    It  is  designed  to 
allow business users to answer business questions on their own, avoiding the lengthy process of report 
specification and design. By using a variety of graphical visualizations to represent the entire analysis, 
users can easily and rapidly spot trends and outliers in large data sets, creating a user experience that 
seems  to  unfold  in  real  time.    In  addition  to  this,  MicroStrategy  Analytics  also  supports  traditional 
centralized  BI  through  its  metadata  based  architecture,  from  which  MicroStrategy  Analytics  gains  its 
ability to design highly reusable objects that deliver both high performance and scale. The combination 
of  enterprise  scalability  along  with  data  discovery  features  brings  the  power  of  enterprise  analytics  to 
the personal level, making it easy to extend the power of the entire MicroStrategy Analytics platform to 
everyone in the organization.

Actionable insight. MicroStrategy Analytics helps organizations accelerate the speed and productivity 
of their businesses by building mobile apps and web reports and dashboards that connect to back-end 
transactional  systems  and  databases  to  include  data  entry  and  action-taking  features,  including: 
submitting  orders,  one-click  approvals  and  denials,  notes  for  tracking  and  directing  business  activity, 
and write-back to data sources.

Governed  data  discovery.  MicroStrategy  Analytics  enables  organizations  to  achieve  data  consistency 
and  governance  across  every  report,  dashboard,  and  user  within  the  system  through  a  trusted  and 
centralized  metadata  store.  By  leveraging  our  reusable  metadata  to  define,  manage,  and  maintain 
common definitions for metrics, attributes, data sets, and other objects through governed data discovery, 
organizations  can  lower  the  overall  cost  of  developing  new  analytical  outputs  (such  as  reports  or 
dashboards),  while  helping  to  ensure  that  the  information  delivered  in  those  outputs  is  accurate, 
governed,  and  timely.  MicroStrategy  Analytics  not  only  provides  governance  via  centralized  IT 
deployments where the reports and dashboards are based around a centralized metadata store, but also 
offers  the  ability  to  promote  desktop-based  reports  and  dashboards  created  by  business  users  to 
MicroStrategy Server, and to map external data assets to certified data systems.

Heterogeneous  access,  joining  and  preparation  of  data  from  across  the  enterprise.    MicroStrategy 
Analytics enables organizations to create integrated views of data across heterogeneous data stores. By 
mapping  conforming  dimensions  from  multiple  sources  within  the  MicroStrategy  object  model,  the 
platform  automatically  joins  data  from  multiple  sources  in  the  same  table,  chart,  or  visualization. 
Additionally,  MicroStrategy  Analytics  also  offers  self-service  data  connect  options  to  business  users, 
who do not need to rely on data modeling or architecting to access any data source. Data can come from 
any  source  including  most  relational  and  columnar  data  warehouses,  data  marts,  Apache™  Hadoop®, 
SAP®  Business  Information  Warehouse  (SAP  BW),  Microsoft  SQL  Server®  Analysis  Services,  IBM® 
Cognos® TM1®, Oracle® Essbase, Salesforce®, social media sources such as Twitter and Facebook, and 
many other operational system databases. In addition to allowing users to connect to these data sources, 
MicroStrategy Analytics offers data preparation and wrangling capabilities that allow business users to 
transform their data for improved analysis.

Integration  of  advanced  analytics  into  mainstream  reporting  and  dashboarding.  MicroStrategy 
Analytics’ analytic engine includes predictive capabilities in MicroStrategy reports and dashboards. The 
analytic engine can train and calculate many of the primary data mining functions, including time-series, 
association  rules,  clustering,  regression,  and  decision-tree  algorithms.  Hand-in-hand  with  this 
calculation capability, MicroStrategy Analytics also includes the ability to import data mining models 
directly  from  data  mining  products  from  vendors  like  IBM  SPSS®,  Teradata®,  and  SAS®  using  the 
predictive modeling mark-up language (PMML) standard, and by embedding R statistical packages in 
the  platform.  With  this  capability,  data  mining  models,  such  as  neural  network  algorithms,  rule  set 
algorithms,  and  support  vector  machines,  as  well  as  ensembles  of  models,  can  be  imported  through  a 
single  click  and  automatically  converted  into  a  standard  MicroStrategy  metric.  After  that,  the 
MicroStrategy Data Mining Services™ extension enables these metrics to be used freely and calculated 
quickly in reports, dashboards, and alerts. A key capability of MicroStrategy Analytics is that business 

8

•

•

•

users can now readily tap into over 350 advanced analytics and statistical functions for data discovery 
purposes, and these functions are included within an easily accessible library.

Support  for  large  data  volumes  and  all  major  relational  database/hardware  combinations.  
MicroStrategy Analytics supports systems with very large data volumes and is specifically optimized to 
support  all  major  relational  database  platforms,  Hadoop  distributions,  and  data  appliances  commonly 
used  for  business  intelligence  systems,  as  well  as  multi-dimensional  databases,  such  as  SAP  BW.  
Important features of our solution in this area include:

o

o

o

o

o

o

o

Native  connectors  to  HDFS,  in  addition  to  the  hive  options  to  connect  to  Cloudera®, 
Hortonworks®, and MapR®, among other Big Data sources;

Available with MicroStrategy 10, and included as an integrated part of the MicroStrategy Server 
product  are  highly  scalable,  in-memory  cubes  that  can  now  be  partitioned  and  support  parallel 
processing.  This  new  advancement  in  in-memory  architecture  allows  organizations  to  store  a 
greater volume of data in memory and offers faster processing;

Dynamically  generated  SQL,  multidimensional  expressions  (MDX),  and  Hadoop  queries  that 
optimize the performance of each major database;

Very Large Database (VLDB) parameters that allow individual reports or dashboards to be tuned 
for performance;

Support for hand-written SQL, Hadoop, and XQuery queries;

Ability to support very large user populations; and

Highly reliable up-time, even in high volume applications.

Powerful  distribution  engine  for  information  delivery.  Our  technology  offers  a  high  performance, 
personalized distribution engine for delivering periodic and alert-based information to users via email, 
web, and mobile devices. The distribution engine is able to deliver report and dashboard applications in 
a  highly  automated  and  personalized  manner  to  all  major  device  types  used  in  both  domestic  and 
international markets, enabling the delivery of information to users when and where it is needed.

Customizable applications and Embedded BI. MicroStrategy Analytics applications can be customized 
extensively  using  proprietary  SDK  capabilities.  This  allows  organizations  to  brand  web  and  mobile-
based  applications,  and  embed  these  applications  directly  into  other  corporate  applications.  White 
labeling  for  portal  integration,  single  sign-on,  and  direct  integration  into  other  software  increase  the 
deployment options of MicroStrategy Analytics and allow IT groups to roll out analytics to the entire 
organization  in  a  customizable  manner,  while  still  being  able  to  leverage  investments  made  in  other 
technologies.

MicroStrategy’s Metadata Architecture  

The core differentiator of our platform stems from its metadata-based centralized architecture, which has been built 
and refined over many years and provides access to enterprise data using familiar business terms, rules, and logic. 
The  portable,  flexible,  reusable,  object-oriented  and  dynamic  nature  of  the  metadata  provides  an  efficient  BI 
application and mobile app development platform while maximizing maintainability and enforcing enterprise-wide 
consistency. The dynamic behavior of metadata in our platform helps ensure consistency across business definitions, 
and minimizes the number of objects created, stored, and managed.  Other BI technologies are limited in their reuse 
capabilities, forcing developers to create the same components over and over again for use in each individual report 
or dashboard.

MicroStrategy Server 

MicroStrategy Server is the architectural foundation of MicroStrategy 10. It provides the core analytical processing 
and job management for all reporting, analysis, and monitoring applications. It provides a powerful, comprehensive 
set of features necessary for a scalable, fault-tolerant, enterprise-wide business intelligence system.

9

As the central contact point to metadata, MicroStrategy Server dynamically assembles the metadata objects to create 
optimized,  multi-pass  SQL  queries  for  every  major  relational  database,  HiveQL  queries  for  Hadoop  distributions 
like Cloudera, MapR, Hortonworks, and Amazon EMR, interactive queries for real-time distributed SQL processing, 
optimized  connectivity  for  NoSQL  sources  like  Apache  Cassandra™,  HBase™,  and  MongoDB®,  native 
connectivity  to  HDFS  via  MicroStrategy  Hadoop  Gateway,  and  MDX  queries  for  multidimensional  data  sources. 
MicroStrategy  Server  retrieves  the  data,  performs  any  additional  analytical  calculations  not  available  in  the 
databases, formats the report, and delivers the reports to business users via the MicroStrategy Web, Mobile, Office, 
or Desktop interfaces.

MicroStrategy  Server  is  a  highly  scalable,  parallel-processing,  self-tuning  analytic  server.  It  manages  high 
performance  interactions  involving  terabytes  of  data  accessed  by  tens  of  thousands  of  users  using  in-memory 
intelligent cubes, caching, load balancing, resource prioritization, and connection pooling. It accesses and joins data 
from multiple data sources, such as data warehouses, operational databases, multidimensional (cube) databases, and 
even web services and flat files. MicroStrategy Server also manages users, system security, data security, and user 
functionality  access.  A  clustering  option  is  available  with  MicroStrategy  Server  that  increases  scalability,  and 
provides fault tolerance with automatic failover.

MicroStrategy Web 

MicroStrategy Web is great for business users or consumers looking to interact with data, or to even simply view a 
static overview report. At the same time, MicroStrategy Web is where savvy analysts put all of the pieces together to 
design highly formatted and customized reports and dashboards.

MicroStrategy Web is the primary reporting interface for analysts, offering interactive reporting, dashboarding, and 
analysis through a web browser. It provides enterprise analytical functionality with access to extensive report and 
dashboard creation, manipulation, and formatting capabilities in an easy-to-use web interface.

MicroStrategy  Web  architecture  provides  a  single,  consistent  interface  to  users  whether  the  BI  application  is 
departmental  and  internal,  or  an  extranet  application  deployed  to  hundreds  of  thousands  of  users.    MicroStrategy 
Web allows business users of any skill level to move fluidly between various styles of BI to satisfy their reporting, 
analysis, and monitoring needs.

MicroStrategy Desktop  

MicroStrategy  Desktop  is  a  free,  standalone,  on-premise,  single-user  tool  for  fast,  powerful,  and  easy-to-use  self-
service visual data discovery.  It enables business users to analyze and gain valuable insight and understanding into 
their  organizations’  data  by  quickly  creating  stunning  and  useful  visualizations,  without  assistance  from  the  IT 
department.  MicroStrategy Desktop can be readily downloaded and installed on a PC or Mac, making the power of 
MicroStrategy  10  easily  available.  MicroStrategy  Desktop  can  be  used  while  offline  and  while  not  connected  to 
MicroStrategy Server, and can connect to MicroStrategy Server when needed. This user interface can help introduce 
MicroStrategy  10  to  smaller  departments  that  are  looking  for  quick  and  easy  deployment  options.  It  offers  easy 
migration  options  to  the  Enterprise  edition  of  MicroStrategy  Analytics,  and  all  analytical  content  developed  with 
MicroStrategy Desktop may be promoted to MicroStrategy Server and can be consumed by the other user interfaces 
offered with MicroStrategy, such as MicroStrategy Web and MicroStrategy Mobile.

MicroStrategy Analytics Releases in 2017

MicroStrategy Analytics includes the following significant functional enhancements made during 2017:

•

Dossier. A new way of consuming analytics in the form of interactive books with built-in collaboration 
capabilities,  tables  of  contents,  powerful  filtering  options,  and  proactive  alerts  and  push  notifications. 
Dossiers are organized in chapters and pages, making it easy to navigate and find insight from analytics 
across the enterprise.

10

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

MicroStrategy  Library™.  A  personalized  portal  for  users  to  access  their  reports,  dashboards,  and 
dossiers.  Each dossier is represented by a customized thumbnail image within MicroStrategy Library, 
making it easy to visually identify content.

Expanded  filters  within  dossiers.  Use  any  visualization,  chart,  or  graph  within  the  filter  panel  of  a 
dossier  for  more  intuitive  and  modern  filtering  options.  In  addition,  dossiers  can  include  filters  and 
target other visualizations within the main interface.

Embedding API for dossiers. A new API that leverages JavaScript to easily embed interactive dossiers 
into third-party applications.

Data  Connector  SDK.  Developers  and  analysts  can  build  almost  any  data  connector  with  the  Data 
Connector  SDK  by  leveraging  HTML  and  JavaScript,  thus  getting  access  to  data  sources  without 
waiting for them to be certified by the platform.

Gallery  for  custom  data  connectors.  Customers  and  business  partners  can  access  a  public  gallery  of 
custom  data  connectors  on  MicroStrategy  Community,  where  they  can  download  the  connectors  for 
their  own  use  or  enhance  them  further  prior  to  integration.  The  available  connectors  include  Fitbit, 
SurveyMonkey, Jethro, Solr, Elasticsearch, and more.

Revamped MicroStrategy Desktop. Redesigned and overhauled with a new, modern interface for data 
access,  data  preparation,  visualization,  sharing,  and  authoring  and  designing  reports  and  dashboards 
with responsive design options.

MicroStrategy  Workstation.  A  unified  product  that  makes  it  faster  to  build  and  maintain  scalable 
enterprise content, manage users and groups, assign security roles, create data models, and much more.

Intelligent narratives for analytics with NLG integration. Through technology partnerships with NLG 
platform  providers,  Automated  Insights  and  Narrative  Science,  MicroStrategy  Analytics  supports  the 
use  of  artificial  intelligence  to  interpret  charts  and  graphs  into  clear,  meaningful,  and  intelligent 
narratives that explain the context of the data.

Enhanced native Hadoop Gateway. A new and re-architected Hadoop Gateway that leverages Spark to 
increase scalability and performance, and can access data file types such as CSV, Text, JSON, AVRO, 
and Parquet directly from HDFS.

R Analytics bundled and installed with platform. Customers can leverage R capabilities without having 
to go through a separate installation process.

Hierarchy  reporting.  Analysts  can  view  and  interact  with  ragged  hierarchies  with  data  sourced  from 
MDX  sources  like  MSAS  and  Essbase,  with  the  ability  to  apply  dynamic  filters,  create  custom  MDX 
queries, apply advanced sorting, and optimize performance.

Support  for  more  data  sources.  MicroStrategy  Analytics  allows  business  users  to  readily  connect  to 
Microsoft  Azure  Cosmos  DB.  MicroStrategy  Analytics  also  offers  certifications  for  new  data  sources 
such as Maria DB 10.x, Apache Hive 2.x, SparkSQL 2.0, MapR 5.2, Druid, Amazon Athena, Oracle 12c 
R2, Azure SQL Database, and SAP Hana 2.x.

Improved  PDF  export.  Analysts  have  more  options  to  customize  PDF  versions  of  reports  and 
dashboards prior to exporting them, such as selecting the page orientation, paper size, and header/footer 
details. Analysts can also export large grid reports, charts, and graphs that have data expanding over a 
page into highly formatted PDFs, ensuring no information is cut off.

MicroStrategy Analytics Technology Strategy

Our technology strategy is focused on delivering comprehensive platform-based solutions to enable any organization 
to  create  immediate  value  from  analytics  and  then  quickly  grow  its  analytics  effort  to  encompass  more  advanced 
capabilities  as  well  as  larger  user  and  data  scale.  This  strategy  includes:  expanding  support  for  large  information 
stores,  improving  performance  and  administration,  enhancing  our  analysis  capabilities,  and  enhancing  report  and 
dashboard delivery via the web and mobile devices. We continue to enhance our products for use with a broad range 
of  operating  systems  and  databases  to  enable  our  customers  to  leverage  their  existing  technology  investments  to 

11

achieve  faster  query  times  with  fewer  required  resources.  We  continue  to  enhance  usability  and  visual  data 
exploration to increase ease of use and functionality, and thus further decrease the need for IT intervention. We are 
working to further differentiate our products by increasing:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Visual  analysis  and  user  self-service.  Ease  of  use  and  visual  exploration  and  analysis  capabilities  on 
small  to  extremely  large  data  sets,  in  conjunction  with  the  enterprise  capabilities  also  offered  by  our 
platforms;

Data capacity. The volume of information that can be efficiently analyzed and utilized;

User concurrency.  The number of users that can be supported simultaneously;

Analytic sophistication. The range of analytical methods available to the application designer;

Performance.  The throughput and response time of the system, measured in seconds;

Database  flexibility.  The  range  of  data  sources,  data  warehouses,  and  online  transaction  processing 
databases that the software is capable of efficiently querying without modification;

Robustness.  The reliability and availability of the software in mission-critical environments;

Deployability.  The  ease  with  which  applications  can  be  securely  deployed,  modified,  upgraded,  and 
tuned;

Personalization. The quality and sophistication of a one-to-one user experience;

Content  flexibility.  The  range  of  content,  both  structured  and  unstructured,  that  can  be  efficiently 
utilized;

Media  channel  and  interface  flexibility.  The  range  of  media  channels  (including  mobile  devices), 
interface options, and display features supported; and

Transaction capabilities. The ability to efficiently initiate actions and transactions from mobile devices 
and web-based reports and dashboards.

MicroStrategy Mobile

Our consistently highly-rated mobile offering extends beyond basic mobile analytics to deliver an innovative mobile 
app platform that makes building a variety of mobile business apps easier and faster.

MicroStrategy Mobile is fully integrated into the MicroStrategy Analytics platform, so it is easy to leverage existing 
reports and dashboards to instantly deploy mobile business intelligence. In addition, MicroStrategy Mobile extends 
beyond analytics to enable organizations to rapidly build custom mobile applications that deliver analytics combined 
with  transactions,  multimedia,  and  mapping  to  support  business  workflows.  The  robust  code-free  application 
development  platform  is  designed  to  reduce  development  costs  and  accelerate  the  deployment  of  native  mobile 
business apps—optimized for both iOS and Android. Companies can build fully native iOS and Android apps that 
take advantage of the unique device and operating system capabilities (e.g., GPS/location, calendar, and camera) on 
those  devices.  MicroStrategy  Mobile  is  an  easy,  fast,  and  cost-effective  vehicle  for  mobilizing  an  organization’s 
information systems, including its data warehouses, business intelligence, ERP, CRM, and web applications that are 
currently  accessible  only  on  the  desktop.    With  MicroStrategy  Mobile,  businesses  can  transform  their  entire 
workforce into a connected and more productive mobile workforce using information-driven mobile apps that are 
significantly more robust and secure than their web-only counterparts.  With mobile access to critical corporate data 
and systems that drive the business, employees can have a virtual office in their hands at all times.  

MicroStrategy  Mobile  is  available  both  as  on-premise  software  and  as  a  hosted  service  offering  in  MicroStrategy 
Cloud.

12

Key benefits of MicroStrategy Mobile include:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Increased  employee  productivity  by  gaining  new  efficiencies  and  cutting  decision 
times. 
MicroStrategy Mobile computing can dramatically improve personal productivity, changing how people 
work today. MicroStrategy Mobile puts materials, information, and system access on devices that can be 
always on, always connected, and always in reach. MicroStrategy Mobile enables write-back to systems 
of record (e.g., ERP and CRM), providing users with an interactive two-way mobile experience. Users 
can change data on the fly, insert new information, and view updated reports and dashboards. Users can 
access transactional inputs and forms regardless of internet connectivity. When offline, transactions are 
queued for submission and executed when the user next connects.

Extending  information  throughout  an  organization.  MicroStrategy  Mobile  can  help  run  a  business 
more effectively by extending the reach of critical enterprise systems to all constituents in all locations. 
It can provide real-time access to the latest information and data-driven reports and dashboards that fuel 
spontaneous conversations and more effective decision making.

Enabling  field  workforces  with  multimedia  materials  and  training.  Mobile  workforces  can  access 
anything  from  product  brochures  and  sales  presentations  to  instructional  videos  and  training  manuals, 
when and where they’re needed. MicroStrategy Mobile supports in-app viewing of multimedia content, 
such  as  videos,  PDFs,  images,  presentations,  spreadsheets,  documents,  email,  and  web  content—all 
seamlessly embedded within a mobile app. As with other app content, multimedia content can be pre-
cached or stored for convenient, offline access. When the mobile device is offline, users can still view 
files that have been previously downloaded and stored on their mobile device.

Proactive alerting of potential business problems. MicroStrategy Mobile supports personalized mobile 
alerts—informing  users  of  potential  business  problems  so  they  can  take  timely  corrective  action.  The 
24/7 alerting engine is based on a robust distribution server that can be set up to monitor multiple data 
sources  in  near  real  time,  creating  personalized  alerts—distributed  through  the  mobile  device’s  native 
push notification system—when a preset condition (threshold) has been met.

Conducting business in newer and faster ways. MicroStrategy Mobile context-aware apps that leverage 
native mobile device functionality (e.g., GPS, camera, etc.) allow users to complete tasks significantly 
faster or in more efficient ways than web or desktop-bound apps.

Fast app development. MicroStrategy Mobile is one of the fastest ways to create new mobile apps and 
mobile  front-ends  to  existing  analytics  applications.  Its  click-to-configure  features  allow  the 
development  of  mobile  apps  in  a  code  free  environment  without  requiring  an  organization’s  IT 
resources.  It  also  allows  for  the  deployment  of  native  apps  across  multiple  operating  systems  with  a 
single design and lets a user make an app multi-lingual with a few configuration clicks.

High  performance  mobilization.  MicroStrategy  Mobile  provides  compelling  and  high-performance 
MicroStrategy Mobile powered apps that can help maximize impact, durability, and adoption.

MicroStrategy Mobile Releases in 2017

MicroStrategy Mobile includes the following significant functional enhancements made during 2017:

•

•

•

Support for .SHP files for custom shapes on iOS. Previously, MicroStrategy Mobile allowed users to 
add custom shapes using .KML shapes in the map widget. Users can now also use .SHP files to deploy 
custom shapes and areas maps. This parity with MicroStrategy Web provides consistent user experience 
and behavior across different web and iOS interfaces.

Best-fit image auto-selected based on device resolution on Android. Android app designers can now 
define multiple resolutions for images in their dashboards and allow the Android device to auto-select 
the  best-fit  image  depending  on  its  own  resolution.  With  so  many  different  Android  devices  in  the 
market,  this  responsive  design  capability  makes  it  easier  for  Android  app  developers  to  optimize  user 
experience.

Enterprise  Mobility  Management  (EMM)  support  via  AppConfig  (formerly  known  as  ACE)  on 
Android.  In  addition  to  our  native  integration  support  with  AirWatch,  MicroStrategy  Mobile  now 

13

•

•

•

•

•

provides native integration to configure and help secure Android apps based on AppConfig guidelines. 
The integration with AppConfig provides more consistent, open and simple ways to configure and help 
secure mobile apps. 

App Transport Security (ATS) on iOS. Apple’s new ATS policy improves user security and privacy by 
requiring apps to use secure network connections over HTTPS instead of HTTP. MicroStrategy Mobile 
developers can enable Apple’s ATS policy when Apple requires it to help ensure connections from the 
app  adhere  to  the  HTTPS  standard.  This  feature  helps  app  developers  secure  data  in  transit  through 
additional encryption.  

MicroStrategy Mobile SDK for Blackberry Dynamics Library. Following Blackberry’s integration of 
Good Dynamics into its EMM platform, the MicroStrategy Mobile iOS SDK for Blackberry Dynamics 
now  reflects  Blackberry’s  branding  changes,  including  color  schemes,  icons,  and  much  more.  These 
changes  improve  user  experience  and  enhance  integration  of  the  Good  Dynamics  and  Blackberry 
libraries.  Through  the  new  SDK,  MicroStrategy  Mobile  customers  can  continue  to  natively  integrate 
with the former Good Dynamics.

Custom  properties  for  D3  visualizations  on  Android.  Custom  properties  are  now  supported  in  D3 
visualizations. This feature provides greater parity with iOS and web report and dashboard functionality. 
App  designers  have  the  flexibility  to  add  different  properties  to  attribute  elements  and  metrics.  For 
example,  app  designers  can  use  shape  or  text  color  to  differentiate  various  components  of  their 
visualizations. 

Embedded images during Android app compilation. The Android framework supports bundling images 
as part of the app resources to boost performance. Bundling images during app compilation eliminates 
requests  for  downloading  images  that  are  not  expected  to  change  in  the  short  term.  This  feature 
accelerates  app  performance  through  better  image  loading.  This  is  especially  helpful  when  users  are 
located in a remote area with weak network conditions.

MicroStrategy  Library  for  iPad  and  Android  tablet.  Users  can  consume  reports,  dashboards,  and 
dossiers via native mobile clients for iPad and Android tablets. 

o

o

o

o

o

Quickly toggle between different MicroStrategy Library environments. Instead of re-configuring 
the  app  each  time,  users  can  store  multiple  environment  configurations  in  the  MicroStrategy 
Library app. With two quick taps, users can easily switch between the different environments. For 
users  that  regularly  access  reports,  dashboards,  and  dossiers  in  separate  libraries,  this  feature 
provides significant convenience and time savings. The MicroStrategy Library app also includes 
folders to access downloaded .mstr files and PDF exports. Instead of saving these files outside of 
the app, the folders provide a convenient place to store and view downloaded reports, dashboards, 
and dossiers within the app.

Export to PDF. Users can export entire dossiers or single chapters of dossiers to PDF.

Share  via  native  extensions.  Users  can  share  links  to  dossiers,  .mstr  files  and  PDFs  from  the 
Dossier app using native OS extensions. iOS and Android users can share by emailing, printing, 
copying, using communicators such as Slack and AirDrop (only iOS users), or importing to other 
apps (e.g., iBook, Dropbox).

Enhance  workflows  with  native  touch-optimized  controls.  Users  can  take  advantage  of  native 
touch-optimized gestures to manipulate content within their dossiers. Using long swipes, users can 
sort  charts  in  ascending  or  descending  order.  Long  and/or  double  taps  display  a  filtering  menu 
with  “keep  only,”  “exclude,”  or  “drill”  options.  Users  can  also  use  free  form  lasso  options  to 
multi-select elements in visualizations. Native touch-optimized controls provide users with more 
advanced options to interact with dossiers.

Search within maps. Users can search for attribute elements on maps directly from their iPads or 
Android tablets. The searched element is highlighted on the map and provides users with location 
and  other  information  instantly.  If  the  searched  element  is  within  a  cluster,  the  whole  cluster  is 
highlighted  and  the  number  of  elements  found  within  the  cluster  is  specified.  This  feature—

14

previously  available  only  on  MicroStrategy  Web—adds  parity  between  MicroStrategy  Web  and 
MicroStrategy Mobile applications, providing users with a seamless map search interface.

o

o

Automatically align to various form factors with enhanced responsive design capabilities. The 
Dossier  mobile  app  provides  significantly  enhanced  responsive  design  capabilities,  making  the 
experience  seamless  when  switching  between  interfaces,  devices  and  form  factors.  Dossier 
components,  such  as  visualizations,  filters,  images,  and  notification  panels  are  automatically 
resized and arranged for optimal display on iPads and Android tablets. Though there are several 
form  factors  and  aspect  ratios,  MicroStrategy  Mobile  prioritizes  the  visualizations  view  by 
adjusting spacing and padding and object alignment.

Leverage AppConfig on iOS and Android. The MicroStrategy Library apps for iOS and Android 
have  been  compiled  using  AppConfig  guidelines.  Without  employing  an  SDK,  customers  can 
deploy  the  application  to  their  users  securely  as  well  as  configure  it  remotely  via  any  of  the 
leading EMM vendors compatible with AppConfig standards.

MicroStrategy Mobile Technology Strategy 

We continue to invest in enhancing MicroStrategy Mobile to empower our customers with the ability to build apps 
that  drive  their  businesses  forward  and  deliver  revolutionary  applications  to  their  employees,  business  partners, 
prospects,  and  customers.  We  continue  to  invest  in  enhancing  MicroStrategy  Mobile’s  overall  performance  and 
security  as  well  as  its  three  core  capability  areas:  analytics,  transactions,  and  multimedia.  We  remain  focused  on 
delivering the most compelling native end user experience on devices that are adopted by enterprises. New features 
specific to supported operating systems will take advantage of the native API’s and incorporate new OS capabilities 
into apps built by our customers.

We also continue to invest in bringing to life mobile apps in an easy, fast, and flexible way. We will continue to 
enhance  our  MicroStrategy  Mobile  technology  to  deliver  an  experience  that  is  philosophically  “user  first”  by 
combining a powerful user experience on top of a dynamic and accessible development infrastructure.

Usher

Usher  is  a  digital  credential  and  identity  intelligence  offering  that  provides  a  highly  secure,  convenient  way  for 
organizations  to  dematerialize  traditional  forms  of  identity  verification  (such  as  passwords,  tokens,  and  physical 
badges)  and  replace  them  with  unique  mobile  identity  badges,  each  cryptographically  linked  to  its  owner’s 
smartphone and dynamically linked to the enterprise’s existing identity repositories. Usher can be used as a powerful 
enterprise  productivity  and  workforce  management  resource  because  it  is  designed  to  enable  managers  to  gain  an 
almost  real-time  window  into  the  location  and  activity  of  their  distributed  workforces,  while  providing  powerful 
interactive features to manage or direct them. With the addition of Usher Professional, administrators can track user 
activity on a nearly real-time map using access telemetry.  They can also engage in two-way communications with 
users  from  the  Usher  application.    Usher  badges  work  on  standard  smartphones  running  on  iOS  or  the  Android 
platform  and  include  an  Apple  Watch  integration.    Through  the  use  of  Bluetooth,  QR  codes,  biometrics,  push 
notifications,  time-limited  PIN  codes,  and  other  authentication  methods,  Usher  users  can  log  into  applications, 
VPNs,  and  workstations,  unlock  doors  and  other  physical  gateways,  and  validate  each  other’s  identities.    By 
delivering strong, multi-factor authentication that can be extended to nearly every corporate system, Usher’s digital 
credential  solution  addresses  some  of  the  biggest  challenges  facing  corporations  today,  including  authentication, 
identity and access management, and resource authorization, while applying industry leading business intelligence 
and analytics to an enterprise’s infrastructure. Usher is available both as on-premise software and as a hosted service 
offering in MicroStrategy Cloud.

Usher  can  appeal  to  businesses,  universities,  associations,  governments,  and  other  organizations  because  it  adds  a 
layer of security to their systems, physical spaces, and transactions that would otherwise be technically difficult or 
cost-prohibitive.  Usher  is  designed  to  secure  an  enterprise  by  offering  an  alternative  to  existing  forms  of 
identification and authentication.  Usher is designed to provide a more secure alternative to passwords, which can be 
stolen or cracked.  Usher is also designed to help reduce identity-related fraud by replacing physical ID cards that 
can be counterfeited and stolen.

15

Key benefits of Usher include:

•

•

•

•

•

•

Identity  protection.  Usher  mobile  identities  are  designed  to  be  more  secure  than  traditional  physical 
forms of identity, which can be stolen and counterfeited.

Authentication. Usher is designed to provide a more secure alternative to passwords — which can be 
the weak link exploited by cybercrime attacks — with secure mobile identities.

Physical access control. Usher users can unlock doors by tapping on a “digital key” or by scanning a 
QR code. If a device is Bluetooth-enabled, a user can unlock a door simply by approaching it.

Workforce management. Usher can collect data about the locations of users’ Usher activity, enabling 
managers to remotely monitor and direct distributed workforces.

Activity analysis. Usher uses MicroStrategy 10 to monitor and analyze Usher user activity.

Convenience  and  cost-effectiveness.  Usher  allows  users  to  carry  their  business  credentials  in  digital 
form  on  their  smartphones.  Enterprises  can  reduce  costs  associated  with  the  distribution  and 
management  of  physical  badges,  cards,  and  keys,  as  well  as  the  costs  associated  with  identity-related 
fraud and cybercrime.

Usher Releases in 2017

Usher includes the following significant functional enhancements made during 2017:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Usher  privacy  controls.  Administrators  can  tailor  their  deployments  to  protect  their  users’  privacy, 
giving organizations the flexibility to balance desired functionality with required data collection. Usher 
privacy controls include transaction location information, Bluetooth discovery, and the Usher telemetry 
feed to Usher Analytics.

Shared  kiosk  capability  for  multi-user  authentication.  Usher  now  enables  rapid  authentication  of 
multiple  users  in  a  shared  workstation  (terminal)  or  tablet  environment.  Multiple  users  can  be  paired 
with  a  single  browser  or  web  application  for  use  cases  as  diverse  as  reception  areas,  retail  stores, 
healthcare providers, and utility workers.

NFC  for  iOS  devices.  Now  both  Android  and  iOS  device  owners  can  enjoy  the  security  and 
convenience of using NFC tags to access resources, which has the advantage of explicitly signaling the 
user’s intent to access the resource due to its very short range. Usher supports NFC tags on iPhone 7, 
iPhone 7 Plus, and iPhone 8 devices running iOS 11. Type 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 NFC tags are supported.

Usher  master  administrator  role.  Usher  Network  Manager™  adds  a  new  master  administrator  role, 
supporting separation of duties and improved user administrator capabilities.

Search  and  filter  on  directory  attribute  groups.  Increase  the  value  of  Usher  Professional  as  an 
enterprise  directory  and  communications  tool,  while  leveraging  existing  directories.  All  directory 
gateway  attributes  mapped  in  Usher  Network  Manager  are  searchable,  including  directory  groups  and 
distribution lists.

Universal scanner. The Usher Security™ badge client’s integrated QR scanner can now read non-Usher 
barcodes and QR codes (e.g., Aztec codes). The scanning transaction can be stored in the Usher server 
and linked to the user performing the scan, the time of the scan, and the location at which the scan took 
place  (if  location  services  are  enabled).  This  barcode  data  can  be  used  in  Usher  Analytics  to  parse 
barcode data, create derived attributes from the parsed barcode data, and link to third-party and legacy-
backend logical systems to generate custom reports and dashboards.

Usher  Network  Manager:  Okta  Universal  Directory  support.  Usher  now  supports  Okta  Universal 
Directory as an identity management source. This is in addition to existing support for Microsoft Active 
Directory,  OpenLDAP,  AWS  Directory  Services,  Novell  NDS  (NetIQ  eDirectory),  Apple  Open 
Directory, and Apache Directory. 

Usher Analytics: Badge properties reporting. With a new out-of-the-box dashboard and schema, badge 
properties set by Usher Network Manager can require and report on end-user action or compliance, such 

16

•

•

•

•

as  location  services  and  Bluetooth  enablement,  photo  uploads,  multiple  device  installations,  and 
acceptance of the Terms of Use.

Usher  inbox.  With  the  debut  of  the  Usher  inbox,  communications  sent  from  managers  and 
administrators  via  Usher  Professional  are  accessible  to  recipients  in  an  inbox  within  the  app,  so  users 
can read and respond to queries at their leisure. Users can even review messages that they have already 
replied  to  in  the  past.  The  Usher  inbox  enhances  user  convenience  and  the  overall  communications 
usability of Usher Professional messaging for purposes such as safety and productivity.

Usher Analytics: New out-of-the-box dashboard. Visualize Usher badge-generated telemetry through a 
set of KPI intensive grids. As users move about and interact with a corporate environment using their 
Usher badges, data flows into the dashboard sorted under categories such as users, historical telemetry 
log, timesheet, floors, spaces, beacons, actions, applications, cities, and devices. These grids can be used 
as  a  basis  for creating  custom visualizations  based on  business  questions surrounding  user access  and 
presence.

Nearby user auto-discovery. Usher Professional users can control the manner in which lists of nearby 
Usher  badge  users  are  discovered  and/or  refreshed.  Usher  Professional  may  be  configured  to  display 
location-based lists of Usher badge users that are either dynamic or static. When configured for dynamic 
display, Usher Professional provides a list of nearby Usher users (based on selected filter criteria) and 
automatically updates this list over time.

Usher  Network  Manager:  Approver  role  for  badge  issuance  /  reactivation.  Enterprises  require 
separation of duties across many roles to mitigate the danger of a single employee taking unauthorized 
actions. Badge issuance approvers are responsible for reviewing badges that are ready to be issued prior 
to their issuance. Before approving or rejecting a badge issuance, they can review the identity record, 
including biographic and biometric data, and enter notes (e.g., a case number, background check results, 
etc.) to explain their decision.

Usher Technology Strategy  

Our technology strategy for Usher is focused on taking advantage of developments in mobile and cloud technology 
to provide more flexible and powerful user identity-based security and analytics solutions. This involves continued 
development in the following areas:

•

•

•

Logical  access.  We  continue  to  explore  new  techniques  with  which  Usher  can  provide  identity  to 
applications  and  systems  and  provide  alternatives  to  passwords,  keys,  and  fobs.    Our  focus  is  on 
seamless, zero-click access based on proximity.  Additionally, we continue to monitor the market and 
test new biometric measurement systems that can be integrated into Usher, such as Apple’s Touch ID, 
voice authentication, and facial recognition.

Physical  access.  We  continue  to  expand  on  the  integration  of  Usher  with  physical  access  control 
systems  and  hardware,  so  that  users  with  adequate  credentials  and  digital  keys  can  unlock  secure 
doorways.

Action-oriented intelligence. We are focusing on enhancing Usher’s ability to determine Usher member 
location  and  activities  so  that  trends  and  anomalies  can  be  used  to  provide  better  security  or  better 
workforce management.

MicroStrategy on AWS

MicroStrategy  on  AWS  is  a  self-service,  customer-managed  solution  that  offers  customers  instant  access  to  a 
comprehensive enterprise cloud platform. Organizations can launch fully configured and ready-to-use MicroStrategy 
analytics and mobility projects on their own. Administrators have total control of their environments, making it easy 
to  start,  stop,  resize,  and  terminate  as  needed.  MicroStrategy  on  AWS  provides  access  to  the  latest  features  and 
capabilities, while delivering a low total cost of ownership.

17

Key benefits of MicroStrategy on AWS include:

•

•

•

•

•

Simplified  enterprise  deployment.  With  just  a  few  clicks,  organizations  can  deploy  fully  configured 
enterprise environments. Most instances can be up and running in just 30 minutes. This saves users time 
and money by eliminating the need to download, install, and configure environments themselves. Users 
can choose from different instance types and sizes based on their budget and usage requirements.

Centralized  administration.  Customers  that  deploy  a  project  using  MicroStrategy  on  AWS  can 
dynamically  start,  stop,  restart,  and  resize  their  environments.  Organizations  can  reduce  costs  by 
stopping their environments during non-peak hours.

Scalability.  Scaling  MicroStrategy  on  AWS  environments  is  quick  and  easy.  Customers  can  choose 
from six different instance size options ranging from 4 vCPU and 15.25 GiB to 64 vCPU and 488 GiB 
of memory. Environments can be scaled on demand or on a preset schedule based on usage patterns or 
data size. Organizations can add new users at any time, deploy multiple environments and projects as 
they see fit, and pay only for what they use.

API-enabled operations. APIs are available with MicroStrategy on AWS to provide broad flexibility for 
organizations  to  create  customized  workflows.  Developers  can  build  personalized  user  interfaces  for 
deploying,  managing,  and  automating  their  cloud  environments.  The  APIs  also  easily  integrate  with 
other  automation  tools  and  work  with  any  programming  language.  With  the  APIs,  it  is  possible  to 
launch multiple MicroStrategy instances with a single line of code, resize them as needed, and terminate 
them when they are no longer required.

Global  availability.  Leveraging  AWS,  MicroStrategy  Analytics  is  now  available  in  all  AWS  data 
centers.

MicroStrategy on AWS Releases in 2017

MicroStrategy on AWS includes the following significant functional enhancements made during 2017:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Web-based  provisioning  console.  New  to  MicroStrategy  on  AWS,  a  web-based  provisioning  console 
allows administrators to quickly and easily deploy and manage a fully configured MicroStrategy project 
using a simple and intuitive web-based deployment manager.

Seamless  hotfix  upgrades.  With  the  general  availability  of  any  hotfix  release,  the  hotfix  will  be 
automatically available on the MicroStrategy on AWS provisioning tool. An upgrade button will appear 
on the main administrative page, and clicking on it will automatically validate the upgrade process and 
administrators can then choose to upgrade at that time or schedule the upgrade at an off-peak time.

Deploy  MicroStrategy  on  AWS  into  existing  Virtual  Private  Cloud  (VPC).  Customers  can  deploy, 
manage, upgrade and resize their MicroStrategy on AWS environments within their own VPC and still 
leverage  the  powerful  deployment  and  management  tool.  Deploying  MicroStrategy  on  AWS  into 
existing VPC accounts gives customers full control of their own AWS security settings.

Deploy applications directly into data centers around the world. MicroStrategy on AWS now allows 
organizations to deploy the application directly into data centers in North America, Europe, Australia, 
and Asia. The availability of data centers in these new regions allows organizations to deploy in a data 
center close to home, so they can deliver faster response times for mission-critical KPIs.

Available  in  nine  languages.  In  addition  to  expanding  the  list  of  data  centers  around  the  world,  the 
MicroStrategy on AWS provisioning tool is now available in nine different languages: English, French, 
Italian, Portuguese, Spanish, Dutch, Japanese, Korean, and Chinese.

Automatic  architecture  updates.  Each  time  MicroStrategy  pushes  out  a  new  architectural  design,  we 
automatically upgrade the underlying AWS CloudFormation template so the next time an organization 
deploys a new environment, it’s on the latest MicroStrategy architecture.

Now deployed on Amazon Linux. MicroStrategy on AWS is now deployed on Amazon Linux. Amazon 
Linux offers better support, costs less and is highly integrated within the AWS ecosystem.

18

•

Center for Internet Security (CIS) baselines. MicroStrategy follows CIS best practices to help mitigate 
cyber risks and protect customer data.

MicroStrategy Cloud 

MicroStrategy  Cloud  offers  an  integrated  and  optimized  cloud  business  analytics  platform  that  combines 
infrastructure,  technology,  people,  and  processes  to  offer  analytics  as  a  service  to  our  customers.  MicroStrategy 
Cloud builds on MicroStrategy 10, and adds class-leading ETL and database technology to provide an agile, high 
performance, elastic, and cost-effective analytics platform.

MicroStrategy  Cloud  provides  our  customers  MicroStrategy  10  offerings  through  a  Platform-as-a-Service  (PaaS) 
solution  hosted  in  the  cloud.  In  addition  to  MicroStrategy  Analytics  and  MicroStrategy  Mobile,  MicroStrategy 
Cloud also offers data integration ETL and data hosting services. The MicroStrategy Cloud PaaS provides customers 
with  infrastructure  (data  center  space,  rack  space,  power,  cooling,  and  servers),  technology  platforms  (analytics, 
mobile data integration, and data hosting), operations, support, and expert analytics practitioners for a subscription 
fee  with  no  upfront  capital  investment.  MicroStrategy  Cloud  can  offer  improved  time  to  market,  higher 
performance, and lower overall total cost of ownership compared to traditional on-premise deployments.

Key benefits of MicroStrategy Cloud include:

•

•

•

•

Agile  rapid  application  development  and  secure  deployment.  MicroStrategy  Cloud  provides  the 
infrastructure, technology, processes, and experts that a customer needs to develop and securely deploy 
applications  quickly.  The  entire  service  has  been  pre-packaged  and  optimized,  and  is  supported  by 
expert analytics practitioners. This solution allows our customers to get to market much more quickly 
than traditional approaches and react to business changes as they happen.

High  performance  analytics  applications.  MicroStrategy  Cloud  combines  the  high  performance 
characteristics  of  MicroStrategy  Analytics  and  MicroStrategy  Mobile  with  high  performance  servers 
and  network  infrastructure.  This  integration  allows  our  customers  to  deploy  analytics  and  mobile 
applications on demand, allowing them to serve their customers more quickly and efficiently.

Elastic capacity with no capital investment. MicroStrategy Cloud allows customers to get started with 
no upfront capital investment in infrastructure. Customers can start small and increase their capacity on 
demand.

Low  overall  total  cost  of  ownership.  IT  application  costs  are  driven  by  capital  investments  and  the 
personnel  cost  associated  with  hiring  a  staff  of  experts  to  build,  maintain,  and  tune  a  large-scale 
environment. MicroStrategy Cloud delivers this high performance, tuned, and monitored environment as 
a service, lowering overall total cost of ownership.

MicroStrategy on AWS and MicroStrategy Cloud Technology Strategy

MicroStrategy on AWS and MicroStrategy Cloud each offers organizations an alternate purchase and deployment 
model  for  business  analytics,  compared  to  traditional  on-premise  deployments.  Instead  of  making  large  upfront 
capital  investments  and  building  large  support  teams,  MicroStrategy  on  AWS  and  MicroStrategy  Cloud  allow 
organizations to purchase analytics as a service with no upfront capital investments and offer payment structures that 
scale with business requirements.

Our MicroStrategy on AWS and MicroStrategy Cloud technology strategy is focused on continuing to enhance the 
reliability, self-service, performance, and scalability of our offerings. We also seek to differentiate our offerings by 
investing in enhancing the security process and infrastructure around our services, monitoring existing security and 
compliance certifications, and obtaining new certifications.

MicroStrategy Services™

MicroStrategy  Services  consists  of  MicroStrategy  Consulting™,  MicroStrategy  Education™,  and  MicroStrategy 
Technical Support.  MicroStrategy Services advises, assists and supports our customers in successfully leveraging 

19

the MicroStrategy platform to achieve enterprise intelligence.  Through this three-pronged combination, we help our 
customers realize the vision of the Intelligent Enterprise™ and the creation of an intelligence platform.

MicroStrategy Consulting 

MicroStrategy Consulting provides our customers with assessment, advisory, architecture, and deployment expertise 
to  help  drive  critical  analytics  and  mobile  solutions  across  key  industries.  We  utilize  our  deep  expertise,  thought 
leadership,  and  extensive  MicroStrategy  resources  to  guide  our  customers  in  defining,  developing,  and  delivering 
core business analytics solutions for their enterprises. These solutions provide our customers with greater access to 
critical business information and help them make better business decisions faster.  MicroStrategy consultants work 
with  the  backing  of  the  MicroStrategy  product  engineering,  technical  support  and  account  teams  to  continue  to 
partner with customers to help ensure a high adoption rate, positive ROI, and increased BI maturity.  Our team is 
rigorously trained and certified on capabilities of the MicroStrategy platform.

MicroStrategy Consulting is a worldwide organization with operations in North America, South America, Europe, 
Middle  East,  Africa  and  Asia  Pacific,  delivering  projects  to  customers  across  all  major  industries.  Our  Global 
Delivery  Center™  (“GDC”),  located  in  Warsaw,  Poland,  is  a  hub  of  several  hundred  consultants  who  support 
analytics and mobile projects directly at customer sites around the world or remotely. With functional and business 
management practices, the appropriate experts can transition on and off projects as needed.  The GDC can quickly 
scale  up  or  down  to  meet  unique  technical  and  industry  requirements.    Integrating  the  GDC  with  on-site  project 
resources is a flexible and cost-efficient way to receive highly specialized services.

MicroStrategy Education

MicroStrategy  Education  offers  users  a  personalized  plan  to  expand  their  knowledge  and  skill  sets  and  help  them 
build and optimize their organization’s intelligence center.  Key Education initiatives include:

Free  education.    We  offer  free  education  through  our  Jump  Start  program.  30,000  registrations  later,  the 
program  continues  to  attract  users  interested  in  learning  about  business  intelligence  and  MicroStrategy.  Each 
day of the five-day program is structured to stand on its own, allowing users to attend any one or all five days. 
Currently, the program is available in nine languages in over 40 cities worldwide and online.

Quarterly  updated  educational  content.    We  update  educational  content  to  reflect  our  quarterly  software 
releases,  customer  feedback  and  best  practices  to  help  ensure  users  are  learning  how  to  leverage  the  latest 
MicroStrategy  features  and  functionalities.  As  our  platform  evolves,  we  continuously  improve  our  suite  of 
courses and certifications so users have access to the latest information.

Certifying  intelligence  centers.    We  provide  role-specific  project  certifications  for  employees  within  an 
organization’s intelligence center so they can serve as trusted MicroStrategy advisors. We offer the following 
options to help users get trained and certified:

•

•

Certify at your own pace: Our course schedule delivers the most popular certifications and certification 
projects  on  a  frequent  basis,  enabling  organizations  to  build  a  training  and  certification  schedule  that 
works for their specific enterprise requirements.

Fast track: An efficient and expedited certification program that compresses a lot of knowledge into a 
short  amount  of  time.  Depending  on  a  user’s  role,  level  and  certification  need,  a  user  can  expect  to 
become certified in five to ten days.

Self-paced E-courseware learning.  For organizations wanting to get a large number of analysts up and running 
within a few hours of training, we offer E-courseware modules. Our E-courseware modules are the most cost-
effective and efficient option to get users proficient on MicroStrategy. We have made significant investments in 
our  portfolio  of  E-courseware  modules  with  10  of  our  most  popular  courses  now  available  as  self-paced 
modules. 

20

Course customization.  We can customize course content around an organization’s data and how it uses the data 
to make decisions. Content can be personalized to reflect a customer’s brand and its datasets, and tie it into real-
world applications and benefits. Customized courses offer users the information and specific skill sets they need 
to boost their performance and help ensure their organization is making the most of its training. 

MicroStrategy Technical Support

MicroStrategy  Technical  Support  is  focused  on  improving  the  overall  customer  experience  through  proactive 
technical  product  support  for  customers  and  business  partners  across  MicroStrategy’s  software  products.  
Additionally,  it  is  responsible  for  negotiating  and  maintaining  support  contracts  with  our  customers  and  business 
partners  alike,  including  support  services  for  MicroStrategy  Cloud  customers.    MicroStrategy  Technical  Support 
includes the following groups:

Customer Support Group (CSG).  CSG is a team of Technical Support Engineers responsible for providing first 
level technical support to customers, business partners, and prospects.

Premium  Support.    Premium  Support  is  a  team  of  Premium  Support  Engineers  that  provides  dedicated 
technical support to our elite customers and business partners.

Customer  Success  Management  (CSM).    CSM  manages  our  support  renewal  business  and  our  process  for 
renewing  software  maintenance  contracts  with  customers  worldwide.  It  also  helps  answer  questions  from 
customers while working with those customers on renewing their maintenance contracts. The team also works 
with customers quarterly to ascertain the customer’s on-going satisfaction level.

Sales and Services Strategy   

We primarily sell through our dedicated sales force, as well as through channel partners in order to increase market 
coverage in both domestic and international markets.  We provide financial incentives for our channel partners to 
market and distribute our products and services.  We also offer a comprehensive set of educational programs that 
enhance  our  potential  customers’  and  channel  partners’  understanding  of  our  software.    Furthermore,  we  offer  a 
wide  range  of  services  that  provide  support  in  the  discovery,  planning,  development,  and  deployment  stages  of  a 
MicroStrategy product or service.

Dedicated sales force.  We market our software and services chiefly through our direct sales force.  We have 
sales offices in locations throughout the world.  We use distributors in several countries where we do not have 
sales offices.

Channel partners.  We have established strategic alliances with third party vendors to help ensure the success 
of  our  customers’  business  intelligence  initiatives.  Our  channel  partners  are  system  integrators,  consulting 
firms,  resellers,  solution  providers,  managed  service  providers,  OEMs,  and  technology  companies.  These 
firms  utilize  MicroStrategy  platforms  for  a  variety  of  commercial  purposes  and  our  agreements  with  them 
generally provide non-exclusive rights to market our products and services and allow access to our marketing 
materials, product training, and direct sales force for field-level assistance.

We  make  significant  commitments  to  our  channel  partners,  including  investments  in  joint  development 
including  technical  training  and  certifications,  pre-sales  and  sales  enablement,  and  marketing  programs. 
Through  our  joint  efforts,  we  believe  customers  are  able  to  minimize  their  risk  and  maximize  the  return  on 
their business intelligence projects. We believe that our channel partners allow us to leverage sales and service 
resources,  as  well  as  marketing  and  industry-specific  expertise,  to  expand  our  user  base  and  increase  our 
market coverage.

Marketing Strategy

Our marketing programs target the following principal constituencies:

•

•

Our  historical  base  of  corporate  technology  buyers  and  departmental  technology  buyers  across 
FORTUNE™  Global  2000  enterprises.    We  also  target  senior  executives  and  other  leaders  in  these 
companies for MicroStrategy Mobile and Usher;

Corporate and departmental technology buyers in mid-sized enterprises;

21

•

•

•

Government technology buyers and the vendors to the government community;

Independent software vendors that want to embed our technology tools in their solutions; and

System  integrators  that  have  technology  relationships  with  the  largest  enterprises,  governments,  and 
information-intensive businesses.

We  continually  seek  to  increase  our  brand  awareness  by  focusing  our  messaging  on  the  possibilities  for  value 
creation  and  the  benefits  of  using  our  platforms,  and  competitive  differentiators.  The  channels  we  use  to 
communicate with these constituencies include:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

User conferences;

Advertising;

Direct email;

Free and evaluation software;

Industry awards;

Industry events;

Media coverage;

Mobile application downloads;

Our website;

Social media;

Channel partners; and

Word of mouth and peer references.

Each  quarter  in  2017,  we  hosted  symposia  events  in  cities  across  North  America,  Europe,  the  Middle  East,  Asia, 
Africa,  and  South  America.  These  events  offered  IT  and  business  users  an  opportunity  to  network,  attend 
workshops,  and  learn  about  real-world  MicroStrategy  10  applications  from  our  customers.  These  events  also 
featured topics on analytics and mobile applications in retail, banking, higher education, healthcare and other sectors 
being transformed by Big Data. We will continue to host symposia events where we will highlight opportunities to 
drive  the  adoption  of  business  intelligence  across  organizations,  reduce  costs  through  tool  consolidation,  and 
empower  the  workforce  to  be  more  productive  –  all  of  which  can  help  attendees  plan  and  achieve  their  analytics 
goals.

Customers

Our  customers  include  leading  companies  from  a  wide  range  of  industries,  as  well  as  the  public  sector.  These 
industries include retail, consulting, technology, manufacturing, finance, banking, insurance, healthcare, education, 
telecommunications, and many more.

Competition 

MicroStrategy Analytics, MicroStrategy on AWS and MicroStrategy Cloud Competitors

The  analytics  market  is  highly  competitive  and  subject  to  rapidly  changing  technology  paradigms.    Within  the 
analytics  space,  we  compete  with  many  different  vendors,  including  (i)  large  software  vendors,  such  as  IBM 
(Cognos), SAP (BO), Microsoft (Power BI™), and Oracle (OBIEE), that provide one or more products that directly 
compete  with  our  products,  (ii)  open  source  analytics  vendors  such  as  OpenText™  Analytics  and  Hitachi 
(Pentaho®),  (iii)  various  other  analytics  software  providers,  such  as  Qlik™,  Tableau  Software®,  TIBCO®, 
Information  Builders®,  and  the  SAS  Institute,  and  (iv)  other  vendors  offering  cloud-based  offerings,  such  as 
GoodData  and  Birst,  an  Infor  Company.  Our  future  success  depends  on  the  effectiveness  with  which  we  can 
differentiate  and  compete  with  these  vendors  and  other  potential  competitors  across  analytics  implementation 
projects  of  varying  sizes.    Failure  to  maintain  adequate  technology  differentiation  from  these  competitors  could 
materially adversely affect our revenue from both existing and prospective customers.

22

MicroStrategy Mobile Competitors 

The  market  for  mobile  analytics  is  rapidly  evolving.  New  mobile  devices  are  being  introduced  in  the  market  at  a 
rapid  pace,  and  enhancements  to  mobile  operating  systems  are  being  made  at  an  even  faster  rate.  The  rapidly 
changing  technology  landscape  creates  opportunities  for  both  existing  competitors  and  new  vendors  to  introduce 
innovative  new  products.  Within  the  mobile  analytics  space,  we  predominantly  compete  with  the  same  set  of 
analytics vendors that we compete with in the analytics market. Our competitiveness in this market will depend on 
how  quickly  we  can  adapt  to  the  changing  technology  landscape  and  how  effectively  we  sell,  market,  and 
differentiate our offering.

Usher Competitors 

Usher competes with companies with technologies categorized as user authentication products. These competitors 
focus  primarily  on  traditional  forms  of  identity  verification  such  as  smart  cards,  tokens,  and  password  managers.  
These companies have significant name recognition and offer solutions with security architectures that are familiar 
to IT buyers.  Usher also competes with companies with newer solutions, often involving mobile technology.

Employees

As of December 31, 2017, we had a total of 2,216 employees, of whom 1,100 were based in the United States and 
1,116  were  based  internationally.  Of  our  2,216  employees,  652  were  engaged  in  sales  and  marketing,  559  in 
research  and  development,  707  in  subscription,  product  support,  consulting,  and  education  services,  and  298  in 
finance, administration, and corporate operations. None of our employees in the United States is represented by a 
labor  union;  however,  in  certain  foreign  subsidiaries,  some  employees  are  members  of  trade  or  local  unions.    In 
France, our employees are represented by a works council as required by local law. We have not experienced any 
work stoppages and consider our relations with our employees to be good.

The following table summarizes employee headcount as of the dates indicated:

  December 31,   December 31,   December 31, 
2016

2017

2015

Subscription services
Product support
Consulting
Education
Sales and marketing
Research and development
General and administrative

Total headcount

37    
131    
467    
28    
513    
461    
310    
1,947    

48    
171    
453    
39    
587    
512    
323    
2,133    

53 
172 
441 
41 
652 
559 
298 
2,216  

Research and Product Development

We  maintain  a  dedicated  performance  engineering  team  and  conduct  research  and  development  focused  on 
providing our customers with the highest levels of performance for analytics applications of all sizes and security 
solutions.    The  description  of  research  and  development  expenses  in  “Item  7.  Management’s  Discussion  and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” includes a breakdown of such expenses. We believe that 
our  future  performance  will  depend  in  large  part  on  our  ability  to  maintain  and  enhance  our  current  product  line, 
develop  new  products  that  achieve  market  acceptance,  maintain  technological  competitiveness,  and  meet  an 
expanding range of customer requirements.

23

 
 
 
  
  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Available Information

Our  website  is  located  at  www.microstrategy.com.   We  make  available  free  of  charge,  on  or  through  the  Investor 
Relations section of our website (http://ir.microstrategy.com), our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on 
Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after 
electronically filing such reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).  Information found on our 
website is not part of this Annual Report or any other report filed with the SEC.  The public may read and copy any 
materials filed by the Company with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, 
DC 20549.  The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-
800-SEC-0330.  The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other 
information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov.

24

Item 1A. Risk Factors 

You  should  carefully  consider  the  risks  described  below  before  making  an  investment  decision.    The  risks  and 
uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face.  Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known 
to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business operations.

If any of the following risks occurs, our business, financial condition, or results of operations could be materially 
adversely affected.  In such case, the market price of our class A common stock could decline and you may lose all 
or part of your investment.

Our  quarterly  operating  results,  revenues,  and  expenses  may  fluctuate  significantly,  which  could  have  an 
adverse effect on the market price of our stock

For many reasons, including those described below, our operating results, revenues, and expenses have varied in the 
past and may vary significantly in the future from quarter to quarter. These fluctuations could have an adverse effect 
on the market price of our class A common stock.

Fluctuations in Quarterly Operating Results. Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate, in part, as a result of:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the size, timing, volume, and execution of significant orders and shipments;

the  mix  of  products  and  services  ordered  by  customers,  including  product  licenses  and  subscription 
offerings,  which  can  affect  the  extent  to  which  revenue  is  recognized  immediately  or  over  future 
quarterly periods;

the timing of the release or delivery of new or enhanced offerings, which may affect the period in which 
we can recognize revenue;

the timing of announcements of new offerings by us or our competitors;

changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors;

market acceptance of new and enhanced versions of our products and services;

the length of our sales cycles;

seasonal or other buying patterns of our customers;

changes in our operating expenses;

planned major maintenance activities related to our corporate aircraft;

the timing of research and development projects and the capitalization of software development costs;

personnel changes;

our use of channel partners;

utilization  of  our  consulting  and  education  services,  which  can  be  affected  by  delays  or  deferrals  of 
customer implementation of our software products;

changes in foreign currency exchange rates;

our profitability and expectations for future profitability and their effect on our deferred tax assets and 
net income for the period in which any adjustment to our net deferred tax asset valuation allowance may 
be made;

increases or decreases in our liability for unrecognized tax benefits; and

changes in customer decision making processes or customer budgets.

25

Limited Ability to Adjust Expenses. We base our operating expense budgets on expected revenue trends and strategic 
objectives. Many of our expenses, such as office leases and certain personnel costs, are relatively fixed. We may be 
unable to adjust spending quickly enough to offset any unexpected revenue shortfall. Accordingly, any shortfall in 
revenue may cause significant variation in operating results in any quarter. For example, if our revenues in the future 
are  not  sufficient  to  offset  our  operating  expenses,  or  we  are  unable  to  adjust  our  operating  expenses  in  a  timely 
manner in response to any shortfall in anticipated revenue, we may incur operating losses.

Based on the above factors, we believe that quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our operating results are not a good 
indication of our future performance. It is possible that in one or more future quarters, our operating results may be 
below  the  expectations  of  public  market  analysts  and  investors.  In  that  event,  the  market  price  of  our  class  A 
common stock may fall.

The market price of our class A common stock has been and may continue to be volatile

The market price of our class A common stock historically has been volatile and may continue to be volatile. The 
market price of our class A common stock may fluctuate widely in response to various factors, some of which are 
beyond our control. These factors include, but are not limited to:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

quarterly variations in our results of operations or those of our competitors;

announcements about our earnings that are not in line with analyst expectations, the likelihood of which 
may  be  enhanced  because  it  is  our  policy  not  to  give  guidance  relating  to  our  anticipated  financial 
performance in future periods;

announcements  by  us  or  our  competitors  of  acquisitions,  dispositions,  new  offerings,  significant 
contracts, commercial relationships, or capital commitments;

the emergence of new sales channels in which we are unable to compete effectively;

our ability to develop, market, and deliver new and enhanced offerings on a timely basis;

commencement of, or our involvement in, litigation;

any major change in our Board of Directors, management, or governing documents;

changes in government regulations or in the status of our regulatory approvals;

recommendations by securities analysts or changes in earnings estimates and our ability to meet those 
estimates;

investor perception of our Company;

announcements by our competitors of their earnings that are not in line with analyst expectations;

the volume of shares of our class A common stock available for public sale;

sales  or  purchases  of  stock  by  us  or  by  our  stockholders,  and  issuances  of  awards  under  our  stock 
incentive plan;

short  sales,  hedging, and  other  derivative  transactions  involving  shares of  our class  A  common  stock; 
and

general economic conditions and slow or negative growth of related markets.

In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for technology companies in particular, have experienced 
extreme  price  and  volume  fluctuations  that  have  often  been  unrelated  or  disproportionate  to  the  operating 
performance of companies in those markets. These broad market and industry factors may seriously harm the market 
price of our class A common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance.

26

We may not be able to sustain or increase profitability in the future 

We generated net income for each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015; however, we may 
not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis in the future.  If our revenues are not 
sufficient to offset our operating expenses, or we are unable to adjust our operating expenses in a timely manner in 
response to any shortfall in anticipated revenue, our profitability may decrease, we may cease to be profitable, or we 
may  incur  operating  losses.    As  a  result,  our  business,  results  of  operations,  and  financial  condition  may  be 
materially adversely affected.

As of December 31, 2017, we had $13.4 million of deferred tax assets, net of a $1.0 million valuation allowance. If 
we are unable to sustain profitability in the future, we may be required to increase the valuation allowance against 
these  deferred  tax  assets,  which  could  result  in  a  charge  that  would  materially  adversely  affect  net  income  in  the 
period in which the charge is incurred.

Economic uncertainty and increased competition for our customers, particularly in the retail industry, could 
materially adversely affect our business and results of operations

The  U.S.  and  other  significant  markets  have  experienced  cyclical  downturns  and  worldwide  economic  conditions 
remain  uncertain.  Economic  uncertainty  and  associated  macroeconomic  conditions  make  it  extremely  difficult  for 
our  customers  and  us  to  accurately  forecast  and  plan  future  business  activities,  and  could  cause  our  customers  to 
slow  spending  on  our  products  and  services,  which  could  delay  and  lengthen  sales  cycles.   Furthermore,  during 
uncertain  economic  times,  our  customers  may  face  issues  gaining  timely  access  to  sufficient  credit,  which  could 
result in an impairment of their ability to make timely payments to us.  If that were to occur, we may be required to 
increase our allowance for doubtful accounts and our results would be negatively impacted.

Furthermore,  we  have  a  significant  number  of  customers  in  the  retail  industry,  which  has  recently  experienced 
intense  competition  and  structural  changes.   A  significant  downturn  or  the  intensification  of  competition  in  this 
industry may cause organizations to reduce their capital expenditures in general or specifically reduce their spending 
on  information  technology.   In  addition,  customers  in  this  industry  may  delay  or  cancel  information  technology 
projects  or  seek  to  lower  their  costs  by  renegotiating  vendor  contracts.   Customers  with  excess  information 
technology  resources  may  choose  to  develop  in-house  software  solutions  rather  than  obtain  those  solutions  from 
us.   In  recent  years,  consumers  have  increasingly  migrated  toward  large  e-commerce  platforms  and  other  online 
applications.    As  a  result,  the  retail  industry  has  experienced  consolidation  and  other  ownership  changes.    In  the 
future, retailers may further consolidate, undergo restructurings or reorganizations, or realign their affiliations, any 
of  which  could  decrease  the  number  of  competitors  within  the  retail  industry,  reducing  the  number  of  potential 
customers for our offerings.  Moreover, our competitors may respond to challenging market conditions by lowering 
prices and attempting to lure away our customers. 

We  cannot  predict  the  timing,  strength,  or  duration  of  any  economic  slowdown  or  any  subsequent  recovery 
generally, or competitive and structural changes in the retail industry. If the conditions in the general economy and 
the  markets  in  which  we  operate  worsen  from  present  levels,  our  business,  financial  condition,  and  results  of 
operations could be materially adversely affected.

We may have exposure to greater than anticipated tax liabilities

We are subject to income taxes and non-income taxes in a variety of domestic and foreign jurisdictions. Our future 
income  taxes  could  be  materially  adversely  affected  by  earnings  that  are  lower  than  anticipated  in  jurisdictions 
where we have lower statutory rates, earnings that are higher than anticipated in jurisdictions where we have higher 
statutory  rates,  changes  in  the  valuation  of  our  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities,  changes  in  the  amount  of 
unrecognized tax benefits, or changes in tax laws, regulations, accounting principles, or interpretations thereof.

Further  changes  in  the  tax  laws  of  foreign  jurisdictions  could  arise,  including  as  a  result  of  the  base  erosion  and 
profit  shifting  (“BEPS”)  project  undertaken  by  the  Organisation  for  Economic  Co-operation  and  Development 
(“OECD”).  The  OECD,  which  represents  a  coalition  of  member  countries,  has  issued  recommendations  that,  in 
some cases, make substantial changes to numerous long-standing tax positions and principles. These changes, many 
of  which  have  been  adopted  or  are  under  active  consideration  by  OECD  members  and/or  other  countries,  could 

27

increase tax uncertainty and may adversely affect our provision for income taxes. In addition, in the United States, 
legislation  bringing  about  broad  changes  in  the  existing  corporate  tax  system  was  recently  enacted,  with  some 
retroactive effects. For example, during the fourth quarter of 2017, we estimated and recorded a one-time transition 
tax expense of $40.3 million due to the recently enacted U.S. corporate tax reform legislation that effected a deemed 
repatriation of certain foreign earnings and profits. 

Our determination of our tax liability is subject to review by applicable domestic and foreign tax authorities.  Any 
adverse outcome of such reviews could have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.  The 
determination  of  our  worldwide  provision  for  income  taxes  and  other  tax  liabilities  requires  significant  judgment 
and,  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  there  are  many  transactions  and  calculations  where  the  ultimate  tax 
determination  is  uncertain.    Moreover,  as  a  multinational  business,  we  have  subsidiaries  that  engage  in  many 
intercompany transactions in a variety of tax jurisdictions where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain.

We  also  have  contingent  tax  liabilities  that,  in  management’s  judgment,  are  not  probable  of  assertion.    If  such 
unasserted contingent liabilities were to be asserted, or become probable of assertion, we may be required to record 
significant  expenses  and  liabilities  in  the  period  in  which  these  liabilities  are  asserted  or  become  probable  of 
assertion.

As  a  result  of  these  and  other  factors,  the  ultimate  amount  of  tax  obligations  owed  may  differ  from  the  amounts 
recorded  in  our  financial  statements  and  any  such  difference  may  materially  affect  our  financial  results  in  future 
periods in which we change our estimates of our tax obligations or in which the ultimate tax outcome is determined.

If the market for analytics products fails to grow as we expect or if businesses fail to adopt our offerings, our 
business, operating results, and financial condition could be materially adversely affected

Nearly  all  of  our  revenues  to  date  have  come  from  sales  of  analytics  products  and  related  technical  support, 
consulting,  and  education  services.    We  expect  these  sales  to  account  for  a  large  portion  of  our  revenues  for  the 
foreseeable  future.    Although  demand  for  analytics  products  has  grown  in  recent  years,  the  market  for  analytics 
offerings  continues  to  evolve.    Resistance  from  consumer  and  privacy  groups  to  increased  commercial  collection 
and use of data on spending patterns and other personal behavior, government restrictions on the collection, use, and 
transfer of personal data, and other developments may impair the further growth of this market.  We cannot be sure 
that this market will continue to grow or, even if it does grow, that businesses will adopt our solutions.

We have spent, and intend to keep spending, considerable resources to educate potential customers about analytics 
offerings in general and our offerings in particular.  However, we cannot be sure that these expenditures will help 
any of our offerings achieve any additional market acceptance.  If the market fails to grow or grows more slowly 
than  we  currently  expect  or  businesses  fail  to  adopt  our  offerings,  our  business,  operating  results,  and  financial 
condition could be materially adversely affected.

Our products face intense competition, which may lead to lower prices for our products and services, reduced 
gross margins, loss of market share, and reduced revenue 

The  analytics  market  is  highly  competitive  and  subject  to  rapidly  changing  technology  paradigms.    Within  the 
analytics space, we compete with many different types of vendors, including (i) large software vendors, such as IBM 
(Cognos), SAP (BO), Microsoft (Power BI), and Oracle (OBIEE), that provide one or more products that directly 
compete with our products, (ii) open source analytics vendors, such as OpenText Analytics and Hitachi (Pentaho), 
(iii) various other analytics software providers, such as Qlik, Tableau Software, TIBCO, Information Builders, and 
the SAS Institute, (iv) other vendors offering cloud-based offerings, such as GoodData and Birst, an Infor Company, 
and  (v)  companies  with  EIoT  technologies  or  technologies  categorized  as  user  authentication  products  that  are 
primarily focused on traditional forms of identity verification such as smart cards, tokens, and password managers.  
Our  future  success  depends  on  the  effectiveness  with  which  we  can  differentiate  and  compete  with  these  vendors 
and  other  potential  competitors  across  analytics  implementation  projects  of  varying  sizes.    Failure  to  maintain 
adequate technology differentiation from these competitors could materially adversely affect our revenue from both 
existing and prospective customers. 

28

Some of our competitors have longer operating histories and significantly greater financial, technical, and marketing 
resources than we do.  As a result, they may be able to respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies and 
changes in customer requirements or devote greater resources to the development, promotion, sale, and marketing of 
their  offerings  than  we  can,  such  as  offering  certain  analytics  products  free  of  charge  when  bundled  with  other 
software  offerings.    In  addition,  many  of  our  competitors  have  strong  relationships  with  current  and  potential 
customers,  extensive  industry  and  specialized  business  knowledge,  as  well  as  corresponding  proprietary 
technologies that they can leverage, such as multidimensional databases and ERP repositories.  As a result, they may 
be able to prevent us from penetrating new accounts or expanding within existing accounts.

Increased competition may lead to price cuts, reduced gross margins, and loss of market share. We may not be able 
to compete successfully against current and future competitors, and the failure to meet the competitive pressures we 
face may have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition.

Current  and  future  competitors  may  also  make  strategic  acquisitions  or  establish  cooperative  relationships  among 
themselves  or  with  others.    By  doing  so,  these  competitors  may  increase  their  ability  to  meet  the  needs  of  our 
potential  customers  by  their  expanded  offerings.    Our  current  or  prospective  channel  partners  may  establish 
cooperative relationships with our current or future competitors. These relationships may limit our ability to sell our 
analytics offerings through specific distribution channels. Accordingly, new competitors or alliances among current 
and future competitors may emerge and rapidly gain significant market share. These developments could limit our 
ability  to  obtain  revenues  from  new  customers  and  to  sustain  software  maintenance  revenues  from  our  installed 
customer base.  In addition, basic office productivity software suites, such as Microsoft Office, could evolve to offer 
advanced analysis and reporting capabilities that may reduce the demand for our analytics offerings.

We  depend  on  revenue  from  a  single  suite  of  products  and  related  services  as  well  as  revenue  from  our 
installed customer base

Our MicroStrategy 10 platform and related services account for a substantial portion of our revenue. Because of this 
revenue  concentration,  our  business  could  be  harmed  by  a  decline  in  demand  for,  or  in  the  adoption  or  prices  of, 
these  products  and  related  services  as  a  result  of,  among  other  factors,  any  change  in  our  pricing  or  packaging 
model, increased competition, maturation in the markets for these products, or other risks described in this Annual 
Report.

We also depend on our installed customer base for a substantial portion of our revenue. We have contracts with our 
license customers for ongoing support and maintenance, as well as contracts for cloud-based subscription services 
that provide recurring revenues to us. In addition, our installed customer base has historically generated additional 
new license and services revenues for us. If our existing customers cancel or fail to renew their service contracts or 
fail  to  purchase  additional  products  or  services,  our  revenue  could  decrease  and  our  operating  results  could  be 
materially adversely affected.

If  we  are  unable  to  develop  and  release  product  enhancements  and  new  offerings  to  respond  to  rapid 
technological  change  in  a  timely  and  cost-effective  manner,  our  business,  operating  results,  and  financial 
condition could be materially adversely affected

The market for our offerings is characterized by rapid technological change, frequent new product introductions and 
enhancements,  changing  customer  demands,  and  evolving  industry  standards.    The  introduction  of  offerings 
embodying new technologies can quickly make existing offerings obsolete and unmarketable.  We believe that our 
future success depends largely on our ability to:

•

•

•

•

•

continue to support a number of popular operating systems and databases;

maintain and improve our current offerings; 

rapidly develop new offerings and product enhancements that achieve market acceptance;

maintain technological competitiveness; and

meet an expanding range of customer requirements.

29

Analytics  applications  are  inherently  complex,  and  it  can  take  a  long  time  and  require  significant  research  and 
development expenditures to develop and test new offerings and product enhancements.  In addition, customers may 
delay their purchasing decisions because they anticipate that new or enhanced versions of our offerings will soon 
become available.  We cannot be sure that we will succeed in developing, marketing, and delivering, on a timely and 
cost-effective basis, new or enhanced offerings that respond to technological change or new customer requirements, 
nor  can  we  be  sure  that  any  new  or  enhanced  offerings  will  achieve  market  acceptance.    Moreover,  even  if  we 
introduce a new offering, we may experience a decline in revenues of our existing offerings that is not fully matched 
by the new offering’s revenue.  For example, customers may delay making purchases of a new offering to permit 
them to make a more thorough evaluation of the offering, or until industry and marketplace reviews become widely 
available.  Some customers may hesitate migrating to a new offering due to concerns regarding the complexity of 
migration and product infancy issues on performance.  In addition, we may lose existing customers who choose a 
competitor’s offering rather than migrate to our new offering. This could result in a temporary or permanent revenue 
shortfall and materially adversely affect our business.

A substantial customer shift in the deployment of MicroStrategy Analytics from a perpetual software license 
model  to  our  cloud  services  model  could  affect  the  timing  of  revenue  recognition  and  materially  adversely 
affect our operating results

We  offer  our  analytics  platform  in  the  form  of  a  perpetual  software  license  and  a  cloud-based  subscription.   The 
payment streams and revenue recognition timing for our perpetual software licenses are different from those for our 
cloud-based  subscriptions.   For  perpetual  software  licenses,  customers  typically  pay  us  a  lump  sum  soon  after 
entering into a software license agreement and revenue is typically recognized upon delivery of the software to the 
customer.  For cloud-based subscriptions, customers typically make periodic payments over the subscription period 
and  revenue  is  typically  recognized  ratably  over  the  subscription  period.   As  a  result,  if  a  substantial  number  of 
current  or  new  customers  shift  to  subscribing  to  our  cloud  services  offerings  instead  of  purchasing  perpetual 
software licenses for MicroStrategy Analytics, the resulting change in payment terms and revenue recognition may 
materially adversely affect our operating results and cash flows for the reporting periods during which such a shift 
occurs.

Our investment in new business strategies and initiatives could disrupt the operations of our ongoing business 
and present risks that we have not adequately anticipated

We have invested, and in the future may invest, in new business strategies and initiatives.  For example, in recent 
years we have introduced a number of innovative technologies designed to enable companies to capitalize on Big 
Data,  mobile  applications,  cloud-based  services,  security,  and  Internet  of  Things  trends  in  the  marketplace.  These 
endeavors may involve significant risks and uncertainties, including distraction of management from other business 
operations, the dedication of significant research and development, sales and marketing, and other resources to these 
new initiatives at the expense of our other business operations, generation of insufficient revenue to offset expenses 
associated  with  new  initiatives,  incompatibility  of  our  new  technologies  with  third-party  platforms,  inadequate 
return of capital, and other risks that we may not have adequately anticipated.  Because new strategies and initiatives 
are inherently risky, these strategies and initiatives may not be successful and could materially adversely affect our 
financial condition and operating results.

Business  disruptions,  including  interruptions,  delays,  or  failures  of  our  systems,  third-party  data  center 
hosting facilities or other third-party services, could materially adversely affect our operating results or result 
in a material weakness in our internal controls that could adversely affect the market price of our stock

A  significant  portion  of  our  research  and  development  activities  or  certain  other  critical  business  operations  are 
concentrated in facilities in Northern Virginia, China, and Poland.  In addition, we serve our customers, and manage 
certain  critical  internal  processes,  using  third-party  data  center  hosting  facilities  located  in  the  United  States  and 
England and other third-party services, including AWS and other cloud services.  We could experience a disruption 
or  failure  of  our  systems,  or  the  third-party  hosting  facilities  or  other  services  that  we  use.  Such  disruptions  or 
failures  could  include  a  natural  disaster,  fire,  cyber-attack,  act  of  terrorism,  geopolitical  conflict,  or  other 
catastrophic event, as well as power outages or telecommunications infrastructure outages, or a decision by one of 
our third-party service providers to close facilities that we use without adequate notice or to materially change the 

30

pricing or terms of their services, or other unanticipated problems with the third-party services that we use, including 
a failure to meet service standards.

We  are  a  highly  automated  business  and  any  such  disruptions  or  failures  could  (i)  result  in  the  destruction  or 
disruption of any of our critical business operations, controls or procedures, or information technology systems, (ii) 
severely  affect  our  ability  to  conduct  normal  business  operations,  including  delaying  completion  of  sales  and 
provision of services, (iii) result in a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, (iv) cause 
our customers to terminate their subscriptions, (v) result in our issuing credits to customers or paying penalties or 
fines,  (vi)  harm  our  reputation,  (vii)  adversely  affect  our  attrition  rates  or  our  ability  to  attract  new  customers,  or 
(viii)  cause  our  offerings  to  be  perceived  as  not  being  secure,  any  of  which  could  materially  adversely  affect  our 
future operating results.

We use channel partners and if we are unable to maintain successful relationships with them, our business, 
operating results, and financial condition could be materially adversely affected

In  addition  to  our  direct  sales  force,  we  use  channel  partners  such  as  resellers,  value-added  resellers,  system 
integrators,  consulting  firms,  OEMs,  and  technology  partners  to  license  and  support  our  products.    For  the  year 
ended December 31, 2017, transactions by channel partners for which we recognized revenues accounted for 21.7% 
of  our  total  product  licenses  revenues.    Our  channel  partners  may  offer  customers  the  products  and  services  of 
several different companies, including offerings that compete with ours.  Because our channel partners generally do 
not have exclusive relationships with us, we cannot be certain that they will prioritize or devote adequate resources 
to selling our products.  Moreover, divergence in strategy or contract defaults by any of these channel partners may 
materially adversely affect our ability to develop, market, sell, or support our offerings.

Although we believe that direct sales will continue to account for a majority of our product licenses revenues, we 
seek to maintain a significant level of sales activities through our channel partners.  There can be no assurance that 
our channel partners will continue to cooperate with us.  In addition, actions taken or not taken by such parties may 
materially adversely affect us. Our ability to achieve revenue growth in the future will depend in part on our ability 
to maintain successful relationships with our channel partners. If we are unable to maintain our relationships with 
these  channel  partners,  our  business,  operating  results,  and  financial  condition  could  be  materially  adversely 
affected.

In addition, we rely on our channel partners to operate in accordance with the terms of their contractual agreements 
with  us.    For  example,  some  of  our  agreements  with  our  channel  partners  prescribe  the  terms  and  conditions 
pursuant  to  which  they  are  authorized  to  resell  or  distribute  our  software  and  offer  technical  support  and  related 
services.    If  our  channel  partners  do  not  comply  with  their  contractual  obligations  to  us,  our  business,  operating 
results, and financial condition may be materially adversely affected.

Our recognition of deferred revenue and advance payments is subject to future performance obligations and 
may not be representative of revenues for succeeding periods

Our  gross  current  and  non-current  deferred  revenue  and  advance  payments  totaled  $218.7  million  as  of 
December 31, 2017.  We offset our accounts receivable and deferred revenue for any unpaid items, which totaled 
$95.9 million, resulting in net current and non-current deferred revenue and advance payments of $122.8 million as 
of December 31, 2017.  The timing and ultimate recognition of our deferred revenue and advance payments depend 
on various factors, including our performance of various service obligations.

Because of the possibility of customer changes or delays in customer development or implementation schedules or 
budgets,  and  the  need  for  us  to  satisfactorily  perform  product  support  and  other  services,  deferred  revenue  and 
advance payments at any particular date may not be representative of actual revenue for any succeeding period.

31

Our international operations are complex and expose us to risks that could have a material adverse effect on 
our business, operating results, and financial condition

We receive a significant portion of our total revenues from international sales, and conduct our business activities in 
various  foreign  countries,  including  some  emerging  markets  where  we  have  limited  experience,  where  the 
challenges of conducting our business can be significantly different from those we have faced in more developed 
markets,  and  where  business  practices  may  create  internal  control  risks.    International  revenues  accounted  for 
41.9%,  39.3%,  and  38.3%  of  our  total  revenues  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2017,  2016,  and  2015, 
respectively. Our international operations require significant management attention and financial resources.

There are certain risks inherent in our international business activities, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates;

new, or changes in, regulatory requirements;

tariffs,  export  and  import  restrictions,  restrictions  on  foreign  investments,  sanctions,  and  other  trade 
barriers or protection measures;

costs of localizing offerings;

lack of acceptance of localized offerings;

difficulties in and costs of staffing, managing, and operating our international operations;

tax issues, including restrictions on repatriating earnings;

weaker intellectual property protection;

economic weakness or currency related crises;

the burden of complying with a wide variety of laws, including those relating to labor matters, consumer 
and data protection, privacy, network security, and encryption;

generally longer payment cycles and greater difficulty in collecting accounts receivable;

our ability to adapt to sales practices and customer requirements in different cultures;

corporate espionage; and

political instability and security risks in the countries where we are doing business.

We  may  face  heightened  risks  in  connection  with  our  international  operations  as  a  result  of  the  impending 
withdrawal of the United Kingdom from the European Union, commonly referred to as “Brexit.”  The future effects 
of  Brexit  are  uncertain  and  will  depend  on  any  agreements  the  United  Kingdom  makes  to  retain  access  to  E.U. 
markets either during a transitional period or more permanently.  Brexit could, among other outcomes, disrupt the 
free  movement  of  goods,  services  and  people  between  the  United  Kingdom  and  the  European  Union,  and 
significantly disrupt trade between the United Kingdom and the European Union. In addition, Brexit could lead to 
legal uncertainty and potentially divergent national laws and regulations, including tax laws and regulations, as the 
United Kingdom determines which E.U. laws to replace or replicate. Disruptions to trade, weakening of economic 
conditions,  economic  and  legal  uncertainties,  or  changes  in  currency  rates  may  adversely  affect  our  business, 
financial condition, operating results and cash flows.

On  December  22,  2017,  the  U.S.  government  enacted  comprehensive  tax  legislation  commonly  referred  to  as  the 
Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”), with some retroactive effects. This legislation brings about, among other 
items, corporate income tax rate changes, the modification or elimination of certain tax incentives, changes to the 
existing  regime  for  taxing  overseas  earnings  (including  modifications  to  the  current  regime  for  repatriating  such 
earnings), and measures to prevent BEPS.  Although the overall impact that the legislation may have on our future 
effective tax rate is unclear at this time, the changes to the U.S. taxation of our international income could have a 
material effect on our future operating results.

32

From time to time, we may undertake various potential intercompany transactions and legal entity restructurings that 
involve  our  international  subsidiaries.  We  consider  various  factors  in  evaluating  these  potential  transactions  and 
restructurings, including the alignment of our corporate structure with our organizational objectives, the operational 
and  tax  efficiency  of  our  corporate  structure,  and  the  long-term  cash  flows  and  cash  needs  of  our  business.  Such 
transactions and restructurings could negatively impact our overall tax rate and result in additional tax liabilities.

In addition, compliance with foreign and U.S. laws and regulations that are applicable to our international operations 
is  complex  and  may  increase  our  cost  of  doing  business  in  international  jurisdictions,  and  our  international 
operations  could  expose  us  to  fines  and  penalties  if  we  fail  to  comply  with  these  regulations.  These  laws  and 
regulations  include  anti-bribery  laws,  such  as  the  U.S.  Foreign  Corrupt  Practices  Act,  the  U.K.  Bribery  Act,  and 
local laws prohibiting corrupt payments to government officials. These laws and regulations also include import and 
export requirements and economic and trade sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control and the 
U.S. Commerce Department based on U.S. foreign policy and national security goals against targeted foreign states, 
organizations,  and  individuals.    Although  we  have  implemented  policies  and  procedures  designed  to  help  ensure 
compliance with these laws, there can be no assurance that our employees, channel partners, and other persons with 
whom we do business will not take actions in violation of our policies or these laws. Any violations of these laws 
could subject us to civil or criminal penalties, including substantial fines or prohibitions on our ability to offer our 
products and services to one or more countries, and could also materially damage our reputation and our brand.

These factors may have a material adverse effect on our future sales and, consequently, on our business, operating 
results, and financial condition.

We may lose sales, or sales may be delayed, due to the long sales and implementation cycles of certain of our 
products and services, which could reduce our revenues

To  date,  our  customers  have  typically  invested  substantial  time,  money,  and  other  resources,  and  involved  many 
people in the decision to license our software products and purchase our related services.  As a result, we may wait 
nine months or more after the first contact with a customer for that customer to place an order while it seeks internal 
approval for the purchase of our products or services.  During this long sales cycle, events may occur that affect the 
size and/or timing of the order or even cause it to be canceled.  For example, our competitors may introduce new 
offerings, or the customer’s own budget and purchasing priorities may change.

Even after an order is placed, the time it takes to deploy our products and complete services engagements can vary 
widely.  Implementing some of our offerings can take several months, depending on the customer’s needs, and may 
begin  only  with  a  pilot  program.    It  may  be  difficult  to  deploy  our  products  if  the  customer  has  complicated 
deployment  requirements,  which  typically  involve  integrating  databases,  hardware,  and  software  from  different 
vendors.    If  a  customer  hires  a  third  party  to  deploy  our  products,  we  cannot  be  sure  that  our  products  will  be 
deployed successfully.

Our  results  in  any  particular  period  may  depend  on  the  number  and  volume  of  large  transactions  in  that 
period and these transactions may involve lengthier, more complex, and more unpredictable sales cycles than 
other transactions

As  existing  and  potential  customers  seek  to  standardize  on  a  single  analytics  vendor  or  require  greater  vendor 
capacity  to  meet  their  growing  analytics  needs,  our  business  may  experience  larger  transactions  at  the  enterprise 
level and larger transactions may account for a greater proportion of our business. The presence or absence of one or 
more  large  transactions  in  a  particular  period  may  have  a  material  positive  or  negative  effect  on  our  revenue  and 
operating  results  for  that  period.    For  the  years  ended  December 31,  2017,  2016,  and  2015,  our  top  three  product 
licenses transactions with recognized revenue totaled $4.5 million, $9.2 million, and $7.4 million, respectively, or 
4.8%,  8.1%,  and  6.2%  of  total  product  licenses  revenues,  respectively.    These  transactions  represent  significant 
business  and  financial  decisions  for  our  customers,  require  considerable  effort  on  the  part  of  customers  to  assess 
alternative products, and often require additional levels of management approval.  In addition, large transactions are 
often more complex than smaller transactions.  These factors generally lengthen the typical sales cycle and increase 
the risk that customers may postpone or delay purchasing decisions from one period to another subsequent or later 
period, or that customers will alter their purchasing requirements.  We may also encounter greater competition and 
pricing  pressure  in  larger  transactions,  and  the  sales  effort  and  service  delivery  scope  for  larger  transactions  may 

33

require us to use additional resources to execute the transaction.  These factors could result in lower than anticipated 
revenue and earnings for a particular period or in lower estimated revenue and earnings in future periods.

We face a variety of risks in doing business with U.S., foreign, state, and local governments and government 
agencies,  including  risks  related  to  the  procurement  process,  budget  constraints  and  cycles,  termination  of 
contracts, and compliance with government contracting requirements

Our customers include the U.S. government and a number of state and local governments and government agencies.  
There are a variety of risks in doing business with government entities, including:

Procurement.  Contracting with public sector customers is highly competitive and can be time-consuming and 
expensive, requiring us to incur significant up-front time and expense without any assurance that we will win 
a contract.

Budgetary  Constraints  and  Cycles.    Demand  and  payment  for  our  products  and  services  are  impacted  by 
public sector budgetary cycles and funding availability, with funding reductions or delays adversely impacting 
public sector demand for our products and services.

Termination  of  Contracts.    Public  sector  customers  often  have  contractual  or  other  legal  rights  to  terminate 
current contracts for convenience or due to a default. If a contract is terminated for convenience, which can 
occur if the customer’s needs change, we may only be able to collect fees for products or services delivered 
prior to termination and settlement expenses.  If a contract is terminated due to a default, we may not recover 
even those amounts, and we may be liable for excess costs incurred by the customer for procuring alternative 
products or services.

Compliance  with  Government  Contracting  Requirements.    Government  contractors  are  required  to  comply 
with  a  variety  of  complex  laws,  regulations,  and  contractual  provisions  relating  to  the  formation, 
administration,  or  performance  of  government  contracts  that  give  public  sector  customers  substantial  rights 
and remedies, many of which are not typically found in commercial contracts.  These may include rights with 
respect  to  price  protection,  the  accuracy  of  information  provided  to  the  government,  contractor  compliance 
with socio-economic policies, and other terms that are particular to government contracts.  Federal, state, and 
local governments and government agencies routinely investigate and audit contractors for compliance with 
these requirements.  If, as a result of an audit or review, it is determined that we have failed to comply with 
these requirements, we may be subject to civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, including 
termination  of  contracts,  forfeiture  of  profits,  cost  associated  with  the  triggering  of  price  reduction  clauses, 
fines,  and  suspensions  or  debarment  from  future  government  business,  and  we  may  suffer  harm  to  our 
reputation.

Our  customers  also  include  a  number  of  foreign  governments  and  government  agencies.    Similar  procurement, 
budgetary,  contract,  and  audit  risks  also  apply  to  our  doing  business  with  these  entities.    In  addition,  compliance 
with  complex  regulations  and  contracting  provisions  in  a  variety  of  jurisdictions  can  be  expensive  and  consume 
significant  management  resources.    In  certain  jurisdictions,  our  ability  to  win  business  may  be  constrained  by 
political  and  other  factors  unrelated  to  our  competitive  position  in  the  market.    Each  of  these  difficulties  could 
materially adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We  depend  on  technology  licensed  to  us  by  third  parties,  and  the  loss  of  this  technology  could  impair  our 
software, delay implementation of our offerings, or force us to pay higher license fees

We license third-party technologies that are incorporated into or utilized by our existing offerings. There can be no 
assurance that the licenses for such third-party technologies will not be terminated or that we will be able to license 
third-party software for future offerings. In addition, we may be unable to renegotiate acceptable third-party license 
terms,  or  we  may  be  subject  to  infringement  liability  if  third-party  software  that  we  license  is  found  to  infringe 
intellectual property rights of others. Changes in or the loss of third-party licenses could lead to a material increase 
in our costs, or to our software offerings becoming inoperable or their performance being materially reduced.  As a 
result, we may need to incur additional development costs to help ensure continued performance of our offerings, 
and we may experience a decreased demand for our offerings.

34

If we are unable to recruit or retain skilled personnel, or if we lose the services of our Chairman of the Board 
of  Directors,  President  &  Chief  Executive  Officer,  our  business,  operating  results,  and  financial  condition 
could be materially adversely affected

Our future success depends on our continuing ability to attract, train, assimilate, and retain highly skilled personnel.  
Competition  for  these  employees  is  intense,  and  competition  may  be  amplified  by  evolving  restrictions  on 
immigration, travel, or availability of visas for skilled technology workers.  We may not be able to retain our current 
key  employees,  or  attract,  train,  assimilate,  and  retain  other  highly  skilled  personnel  in  the  future.    Our  future 
success  also  depends  in  large  part  on  the  continued  service  of  Michael  J.  Saylor,  our  Chairman  of  the  Board  of 
Directors, President & Chief Executive Officer.  If we lose the services of Mr. Saylor, or if we are unable to attract, 
train,  assimilate,  and  retain  the  highly  skilled  personnel  we  need,  our  business,  operating  results,  and  financial 
condition could be materially adversely affected.

The  emergence  of  new  industry  standards  may  materially  adversely  affect  the  demand  for  our  existing 
offerings

The  emergence  of  new  industry  standards  in  related  fields  may  materially  adversely  affect  the  demand  for  our 
existing  offerings.    This  could  happen  if  new  web  standards  and  technologies  or  new  standards  in  the  field  of 
operating system support emerge that are incompatible with customer deployments of our software offerings.  For 
example,  if  we  are  unable  to  adapt  our  software  offerings  on  a  timely  basis  to  new  standards  in  database  access 
technology, the ability of our software offerings to access customer databases could be impaired.

The  nature  of  our  software  offerings  makes  them  particularly  susceptible  to  undetected  errors,  bugs,  or 
security vulnerabilities, which could cause problems with how the offerings perform and which could, in turn, 
reduce demand for our offerings, reduce our revenue, and lead to product liability claims against us

Software as complex as ours may contain undetected errors, bugs, or security vulnerabilities.  Although we test our 
software  offerings  extensively,  we  have  in  the  past  discovered  software  errors,  bugs,  or  security  vulnerabilities  in 
our offerings after their introduction.  Despite testing by us and our current and potential customers, errors, bugs, or 
security  vulnerabilities  may  be  found  in  new  offerings  or  releases  after  commercial  shipments  begin.    This  could 
result in lost revenue, damage to our reputation, or delays in market acceptance, which could have a material adverse 
effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition.  We may also need to expend resources and capital 
to correct these defects.

Our  agreements  with  customers  typically  contain  provisions  designed  to  limit  our  exposure  to  product  liability, 
warranty,  and  other  claims.    It  is  possible,  however,  that  these  provisions  may  not  be  effective  under  the  laws  of 
certain  domestic  or  international  jurisdictions  and  we  may  be  exposed  to  product  liability,  warranty,  and  other 
claims.    A  successful  product  liability  claim  against  us  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business, 
operating results, and financial condition.

Changes  in  laws  or  regulations  relating  to  privacy  or  the  collection,  processing,  disclosure,  storage,  or 
transmission of personal data, or any actual or perceived failure by us or our third-party service providers to 
comply  with  such  laws  and  regulations  or  applicable  privacy  policies,  could  materially  adversely  affect  our 
business

Aspects of our business, including our cloud services offerings and Usher, involve collecting, processing, disclosing, 
storing, and transmitting personal data, which are subject to certain privacy policies and certain federal, state, and 
foreign  laws,  regulations,  and  directives  relating  to  privacy  and  data  protection.    The  amount  of  customer  and 
employee data that we store through our cloud services offerings, networks, and other systems, including personal 
data, is increasing.  In addition, the types of data subject to protection as personal data in the European Union, the 
United  States,  and  elsewhere  have  been  expanding.    In  recent  years,  the  collection  and  use  of  personal  data  by 
companies  have  come  under  increased  regulatory  and  public  scrutiny,  especially  in  relation  to  the  collection  and 
processing of sensitive data, such as healthcare, financial services, and government data.  For example, in the United 
States, protected health information is subject to HIPAA.  HIPAA has been supplemented by the Health Information 
Technology  for  Economic  and  Clinical  Health  Act  with  the  result  of  increased  civil  and  criminal  penalties  for 
noncompliance.    Entities  performing  certain  functions  that  engage  in  creating,  receiving,  maintaining,  or 

35

transmitting  protected  health  information  provided  by  covered  entities  and  other  business  associates  are  directly 
subject  to  enforcement  under  HIPAA.    Our  access  to  protected  health  information  through  our  cloud  services 
offerings triggers obligations to comply with certain privacy rules and data security requirements under HIPAA.  

Any systems failure or security breach that results in the release of, or unauthorized access to, personal data, or any 
failure or perceived failure by us or our third-party service providers to comply with applicable privacy policies or 
any applicable laws or regulations relating to privacy or data protection, could result in proceedings against us by 
domestic or foreign government entities or others, including private plaintiffs in litigation.  Such proceedings could 
result in the imposition of sanctions, fines, penalties, liabilities, and/or government orders requiring that we change 
our data practices, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, reputation, 
and financial condition.

Various federal, state, and foreign legislative, regulatory, or other government bodies may enact new or additional 
laws or regulations, or issue rulings that invalidate prior laws or regulations, concerning privacy, data storage, data 
protection, and cross-border transfer of data that could materially adversely impact our business.  For example, in 
October  2015,  the  Court  of  Justice  of  the  European  Union  issued  a  ruling  that  declared  the  U.S.-EU  Safe  Harbor 
Framework invalid.  Following this ruling, U.S. and European authorities agreed to, and in July 2016 the European 
Commission formally adopted, a new mechanism for lawfully transferring personal data from the European Union 
to the United States, referred to as the “Privacy Shield.”  In addition, in April 2016, the European Parliament and the 
Council  of  the  European  Union  formally  adopted  a  comprehensive  general  data  protection  regulation,  which  will 
take  effect  in  May  2018.    The  new  law  governs  data  practices  and  privacy,  and  establishes  new  requirements 
regarding  the  handling  of  personal  data.    Furthermore,  a  new  ePrivacy  regulation,  regulating  electronic 
communications,  is  also  slated  to  take  effect  in  the  European  Union  in  2018.    Complying  with  these  and  other 
changing requirements could cause us or our customers to incur substantial costs, require us to change our business 
practices,  require  us  to  take  on  more  onerous  obligations  in  our  contracts,  or  limit  our  ability  to  provide  certain 
products  and  services  in  certain  jurisdictions,  any  of  which  could  materially  adversely  affect  our  business  and 
operating  results.    In  addition,  the  Privacy  Shield,  as  well  as  other  mechanisms  for  lawfully  transferring  personal 
data  from  the  European  Union  to  the  United  States  and  certain  other  countries,  are  being  challenged  in  European 
courts,  which  could  lead  to  uncertainty  about  the  legality  of  such  transfers,  or  burdensome  or  inconsistent  legal 
requirements.    The  Privacy  Shield  is  also  subject  to  annual  review  by  the  European  Commission  and  the  U.S. 
Department of Commerce, which could result in modifications to the Privacy Shield or its enforcement, or even its 
invalidation.  In addition, we may be subject to a cybersecurity law that went into effect in China on June 1, 2017 
that has uncertain but broad application and imposes a number of new privacy and data security obligations.  New 
laws or regulations restricting or limiting the collection or use of mobile data could also reduce demand for certain 
of  our  services  or  require  changes  to  our  business  practices,  which  could  materially  adversely  affect  our  business 
and operating results.

If  we  or  our  third-party  service  providers  experience  a  security  breach  and  unauthorized  parties  obtain 
access  to  our  customers’,  prospects’,  vendors’,  or  channel  partners’  data,  our  data,  or  our  cloud  services 
offerings, networks, or other systems, our offerings may be perceived as not being secure, our reputation may 
be  harmed,  demand  for  our  offerings  may  be  reduced,  our  operations  may  be  disrupted,  we  may  incur 
significant legal and financial liabilities, and our business could be materially adversely affected

As part of our business, we process, store, and transmit our customers’, prospects’, vendors’, and channel partners’ 
information  and  data  as  well  as  our  own,  including  in  our  cloud  services  offerings,  networks,  and  other  systems.  
There can be no assurance that any security measures that we or our third-party service providers have implemented 
will be effective against all current or future security threats.  For example, security measures may be breached as a 
result of technological error, computer viruses, or third-party action, including intentional misconduct by computer 
hackers,  physical  break-ins,  the  actions  of  state  actors,  industrial  espionage,  fraudulent  inducement  of  employees, 
customers,  or  channel  partners  to  disclose  sensitive  information  such  as  user  names  or  passwords,  and  employee, 
customer, or channel partner error or malfeasance.  High-profile security breaches at other companies have increased 
in recent years.  A security breach could result in unauthorized access to or disclosure, modification, misuse, loss, or 
destruction  of  our  customers’,  prospects’,  vendors’,  or  channel  partners’  data,  our  data  (including  our  proprietary 
information,  intellectual  property,  or  trade  secrets),  or  our  cloud  services  offerings,  networks,  or  other  systems.  
Because  there  are  many  different  security  breach  techniques  and  such  techniques  continue  to  evolve,  we  may  be 
unable to anticipate attempted security breaches and implement adequate preventative measures.  Third parties may 

36

also conduct attacks designed to temporarily deny customers access to our cloud services.  Any security breach or 
successful denial of service attack could result in a loss of customer confidence in the security of our offerings and 
damage  to  our  brand,  reduce  the  demand  for  our  offerings,  disrupt  our  normal  business  operations,  require  us  to 
spend  material  resources  to  investigate  or  correct  the  breach,  expose  us  to  legal  liabilities,  including  litigation, 
regulatory  enforcement,  and  indemnity  obligations,  and  materially  adversely  affect  our  revenue  and  operating 
results.  These risks will increase as we continue to grow the number and scale of our cloud-based offerings, and 
process, store, and transmit increasingly large amounts of our customers’, prospects’, vendors’, channel partners’, 
and  our  own  information  and  data,  which  may  include  proprietary  or  confidential  data  or  personal  or  identifying 
information.

Our intellectual property is valuable, and any inability to protect it could reduce the value of our products, 
services, and brand

We  rely  on  a  combination  of  copyrights,  patents,  trademarks,  trade  secrets,  confidentiality  procedures,  and 
contractual commitments to protect our intellectual property. Despite our efforts, these measures can only provide 
limited  protection.  Unauthorized  third  parties  may  try  to  copy  or  reverse  engineer  portions  of  our  products  or 
otherwise obtain and use our intellectual property. Any patents owned by us may be invalidated, circumvented, or 
challenged. Any of our pending or future patent applications, whether or not currently being challenged, may not be 
issued  with  the  scope  of  the  claims  we  seek,  if  at  all.  Moreover,  amendments  to  and  developing  jurisprudence 
regarding  U.S.  patent  law  may  affect  our  ability  to  protect  our  intellectual  property  and  defend  against  claims  of 
patent  infringement.  In  addition,  although  we  generally  enter  into  confidentiality  agreements  with  our  employees, 
our former employees may seek employment with our business partners, customers, or competitors, and there can be 
no assurance that the confidential nature of our intellectual property will be maintained. Furthermore, the laws of 
some countries do not provide the same level of protection of our intellectual property as do the laws of the United 
States.  If  we  cannot  protect  our  intellectual  property  against  unauthorized  copying  or  use,  we  may  not  remain 
competitive.

Third parties may claim we infringe their intellectual property rights

We  periodically  receive  notices  from  third  parties  claiming  we  are  infringing  their  intellectual  property  rights, 
principally patent and trademark rights. We expect the number of such claims will increase as we continue to expand 
our  offerings  and  branding,  the  number  of  offerings  and  level  of  competition  in  our  industry  segments  grow,  the 
functionality of offerings overlaps, and the volume of issued patents, patent applications, and trademark registrations 
continues to increase. Responding to any infringement claim, regardless of its validity, could:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

be time-consuming, costly, and/or result in litigation;

divert management’s time and attention from developing our business;

require us to pay monetary damages or enter into royalty and licensing agreements that we would not 
normally find acceptable;

require us to stop selling certain of our offerings;

require us to redesign certain of our offerings using alternative non-infringing technology or practices, 
which could require significant effort and expense;

require us to rename certain of our offerings or entities; or

require us to satisfy indemnification obligations to our customers and channel partners.

Additionally, while we monitor our use of third-party software, including open source software, we cannot assure 
you that our processes for controlling such use in our products will be effective.  If we inadvertently embed certain 
types of open source software into one or more of our products, or if third-party software that we license is found to 
infringe intellectual property rights of others, we could subject ourselves to infringement liability and be required to 
re-engineer  our  products,  discontinue  the  sale  of  our  products  if  re-engineering  could  not  be  accomplished  on  a 
timely or cost-effective basis, or make available to certain third parties or generally available, in source code form, 
our proprietary code, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial 
condition.

37

If a successful infringement claim is made against us and we fail to develop or license a substitute technology or 
brand name, as applicable, our business, results of operations, financial condition, or cash flows could be materially 
adversely affected.

Because of the rights of our two classes of common stock and because we are controlled by Michael J. Saylor, 
who  beneficially  owns  the  majority  of  our  class  B  common  stock,  Mr.  Saylor  could  transfer  control  of 
MicroStrategy  to  a  third  party  without  the  approval  of  our  Board  of  Directors  or  our  other  stockholders, 
prevent a third party from acquiring us, or limit your ability to influence corporate matters

We have two classes of common stock: class A common stock and class B common stock.  Holders of our class A 
common stock generally have the same rights as holders of our class B common stock, except that holders of class A 
common  stock  have  one  vote  per  share  while  holders  of  class  B  common  stock  have  ten  votes  per  share.    As  of 
January 26, 2018, holders of our class B common stock owned 2,035,184 shares of class B common stock, or 68.4% 
of the total voting power.  As of January 26, 2018, Mr. Saylor, our Chairman of the Board of Directors, President & 
Chief Executive Officer, beneficially owned 2,011,668 shares of class B common stock, or 67.6% of the total voting 
power.  Accordingly, Mr. Saylor can control MicroStrategy through his ability to determine the outcome of elections 
of  our  directors,  amend  our  certificate  of  incorporation  and  by-laws,  and  take  other  actions  requiring  the  vote  or 
consent of stockholders, including mergers, going-private transactions, and other extraordinary transactions and their 
terms.

Our certificate of incorporation allows holders of class B common stock to transfer shares of class B common stock, 
subject to the approval of stockholders holding a majority of the outstanding class B common stock.  Mr. Saylor or a 
group of stockholders holding a majority of the outstanding class B common stock could, without the approval of 
our Board of Directors or our other stockholders, transfer voting control of MicroStrategy to a third party.  Such a 
transfer of control could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition.  
Mr.  Saylor  or  a  group  of  stockholders  holding  a  majority  of  the  outstanding  class  B  common  stock  could  also 
prevent  a  change  of  control  of  MicroStrategy,  regardless  of  whether  holders  of  class  A  common  stock  might 
otherwise  receive  a  premium  for  their  shares  over  the  then  current  market  price.  In  addition,  this  concentrated 
control limits stockholders’ ability to influence corporate matters and, as a result, we may take actions that our non-
controlling stockholders do not view as beneficial or that conflict with their interests.  As a result, the market price 
of our class A common stock could be materially adversely affected.

Our status as a “controlled company” could make our class A common stock less attractive to some investors 
or otherwise materially adversely affect our stock price

Because  we  qualify  as  a  “controlled  company”  under  the  corporate  governance  rules  for  NASDAQ-listed 
companies,  we  are  not  required  to  have  independent  directors  comprise  a  majority  of  our  Board  of  Directors. 
Additionally, our Board of Directors is not required to have an independent compensation or nominating committee, 
or  to  have  the  independent  directors  exercise  the  nominating  function.  We  are  also  not  required  to  have  the 
compensation of our executive officers be determined by a compensation committee of independent directors.  In 
addition, we are not required to empower our Compensation Committee with the authority to engage the services of 
any compensation consultants, legal counsel, or other advisors, or to have the Compensation Committee assess the 
independence of compensation consultants, legal counsel, and other advisors that it engages.

In light of our status as a controlled company, our Board of Directors has determined not to establish an independent 
nominating committee or have its independent directors exercise the nominating function, and has elected instead to 
have the Board of Directors be directly responsible for nominating members of the Board.  A majority of our Board 
of  Directors  is  currently  comprised  of  independent  directors,  and  our  Board  of  Directors  has  established  a 
Compensation  Committee  comprised  entirely  of  independent  directors.  The  Compensation  Committee  determines 
the  compensation  of  our  Chief  Executive  Officer.   However,  our  Board  of  Directors  has  authorized  our  Chief 
Executive Officer to determine the compensation of executive officers other than himself, rather than having such 
compensation determined by the Compensation Committee, except that certain executive officer compensation that 
is intended to qualify as performance-based compensation for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue 
Code is determined by the Compensation Committee pursuant to the requirements of Section 162(m).  Awards under 
our  2013  Stock  Incentive  Plan  (as  amended,  the  “2013  Equity  Plan”)  are  also  approved  by  the  Compensation 
Committee.    Additionally,  while  our  Compensation  Committee  is  empowered  with  the  authority  to  retain  and 
terminate  outside  counsel,  compensation  consultants,  and  other  experts  or  consultants,  it  is  not  required  to  assess 
their independence.

38

Although  currently  a  majority  of  our  Board  of  Directors  is  comprised  of  independent  directors  and  the 
Compensation  Committee  is  comprised  entirely  of  independent  directors,  we  may  elect  in  the  future  not  to  have 
independent  directors  constitute  a  majority  of  the  Board  of  Directors  or  the  Compensation  Committee,  have  our 
Chief Executive Officer’s compensation determined by a compensation committee of independent directors, or have 
a compensation committee of the Board of Directors at all.

Accordingly,  should  the  interests  of  our  controlling  stockholder  differ  from  those  of  other  stockholders,  the  other 
stockholders may not have the same protections that are afforded to stockholders of companies that are required to 
follow  all  of  the  corporate  governance  rules  for  NASDAQ-listed  companies.  Our  status  as  a  controlled  company 
could make our class A common stock less attractive to some investors or otherwise materially adversely affect our 
stock price.

Revenue  recognition  accounting  pronouncements  may  materially  adversely  affect  our  reported  results  of 
operations

We continuously review our compliance with all new and existing revenue recognition accounting pronouncements.  
In  May  2014,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  No.  2014-09, 
Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers  (Topic  606)  (“ASU  2014-09”),  which  supersedes  nearly  all  existing 
revenue recognition guidance.  We will adopt this guidance and its subsequent amendments effective as of January 
1, 2018 and will adjust prior period consolidated financial statements to reflect full retrospective adoption, beginning 
with our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the first quarter of 2018.  We currently estimate that the adoption of 
this guidance will result in earlier recognition of revenue from term license sales and sales to channel partners and 
will result in the capitalization of certain variable costs (such as sales commissions) that we had previously expensed 
as  incurred.  See  Note  3,  Recent  Accounting  Standards,  to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  further 
information regarding ASU 2014-09.  

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2.

Properties

As  of  December 31,  2017,  we  leased  approximately  214,000  square  feet  of  office  space  at  a  location  in  Northern 
Virginia that began serving as our corporate headquarters in October 2010 and was to expire in December 2020. In 
January 2018, we amended the lease to extend the lease term through December 2030.  See Note 17, Subsequent 
Events, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.  

In addition, we lease offices in U.S. and foreign locations for our services and support, sales and marketing, research 
and development, and administrative personnel. As of December 31, 2017, we leased approximately 28,000 square 
feet  of  office  space  in  the  United  States,  in  addition  to  our  corporate  headquarters,  and  approximately  181,000 
square feet of office space in various foreign locations.

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings 

In December 2011, DataTern, Inc. (“DataTern”) filed a complaint for patent infringement against the Company in 
the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts (the “District Court”). The complaint alleged that 
the  Company  infringes  U.S.  Patent  No.  6,101,502  (the  “’502  Patent”),  allegedly  owned  by  DataTern,  by  making, 
selling,  or  offering  for  sale  several  of  the  Company’s  products  and  services,  including  MicroStrategy  9™, 
MicroStrategy  Intelligence  Server™,  MicroStrategy  Business  Intelligence  Platform™,  MicroStrategy  Cloud 
Personal,  and  other  MicroStrategy  applications  for  creating  or  using  data  mining,  dashboards,  business  analytics, 
data  storage  and  warehousing,  and  web  hosting  support.   The  complaint  accused  the  Company  of  willful 
infringement  and  sought  an  unspecified  amount  of  damages,  an  award  of  attorneys’  fees,  and  preliminary  and 
permanent injunctive relief. In light of a judgment in a separate action involving DataTern in another jurisdiction, in 
February  2013,  MicroStrategy  and  DataTern  filed  motions  for  summary  judgment  of  non-infringement  and  the 
District Court entered summary judgment against DataTern.  In March 2013, DataTern filed a notice of appeal with 

39

the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit (the “Federal Circuit”).  In December 2014, the Federal 
Circuit  issued  an  opinion  vacating  the  District  Court’s  summary  judgment,  stating  that  the  claim  construction  on 
which  the  summary  judgment  was  based  was  incorrect.    In  January  2015,  the  case  was  remanded  to  the  District 
Court for further proceedings.  A claim construction ruling was issued in February 2017.  In August 2017, counsel 
for DataTern filed a motion to withdraw from the lawsuit.  The District Court initially gave DataTern a deadline of 
September 18, 2017 to find replacement counsel, which was later extended to October 20, 2017.  On October 20, 
2017,  the  District  Court  dismissed  the  case  for  failure  to  prosecute  when  DataTern  failed  to  identify  substitute 
counsel.  We have received indemnification requests from certain of our channel partners and customers who were 
sued by DataTern in the District Court in lawsuits alleging infringement of the ‘502 Patent.  The proceedings against 
these  channel  partners  and  customers  were  stayed  pending  the  resolution  of  DataTern’s  lawsuit  against  the 
Company.    On  October  30,  2017,  the  District  Court  dismissed  with  prejudice  these  channel  partner  and  customer 
proceedings.

We  are  also  involved  in  various  other  legal  proceedings  arising  in  the  normal  course  of  business.    Although  the 
outcomes of these other legal proceedings are inherently difficult to predict, we do not expect the resolution of these 
other  legal  proceedings  to  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  financial  position,  results  of  operations,  or  cash 
flows.

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

40

PART II

Item 5.

Market  for  Registrant’s  Common  Equity,  Related  Stockholder  Matters  and  Issuer  Purchases  of 
Equity Securities

Our  class  A  common  stock  is  traded  on  the  NASDAQ  Global  Select  Market  under  the  symbol  “MSTR.”  The 
following table sets forth the high and low sales prices for the class A common stock for the periods indicated as 
reported by the NASDAQ Global Select Market:

Year ended December 31, 2017

First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter

Year ended December 31, 2016

First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter

High

Low

  $

  $

205.96   $
194.58    
196.35    
143.37    

182.30   $
195.99    
191.76    
207.28    

182.22 
177.50 
122.91 
128.00 

141.01 
165.02 
161.90 
162.72  

There is no established public trading market for our class B common stock.  As of January 26, 2018, there were 
approximately 1,426 stockholders of record of our class A common stock and three stockholders of record of our 
class B common stock.

Holders of our class A common stock generally have the same rights as holders of our class B common stock, except 
that holders of class A common stock have one vote per share while holders of class B common stock have ten votes 
per share.

We  have  never  declared  or  paid  any  cash  dividends  on  either  our  class  A  or  class  B  common  stock  and  have  no 
current plans to declare or pay any such dividends.

Information  regarding  our  equity  compensation  plans  and  the  securities  authorized  for  issuance  thereunder  is 
incorporated by reference in “Part III. Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management 
and Related Stockholder Matters.”

The  following  table  provides  information  about  our  repurchases  of  equity  securities  that  are  registered  by  us 
pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act during the periods indicated:

Period

October 1, 2017 – October 31, 2017
November 1, 2017 – November 30, 2017
December 1, 2017 – December 31, 2017

(a)

(b)

Total
Number of
Shares (or
Units) Purchased  
0
0
0

Average
Price Paid
per Share
(or Unit) (1)  
   N/A   
   N/A   
   N/A   

(c)

(d)
Maximum Number (or 
Total Number of 
Approximate Dollar 
Shares (or Units) 
Value) of Shares (or 
Purchased as Part of 
Units) that May Yet Be 
Publicly Announced 
Purchased Under the 
Plans or Programs (1)   
Plans or Programs (1)  
454,708,615  
  $
0
454,708,615  
  $
0
454,708,615  
  $
0

Total:

0

   N/A   

0

  $

454,708,615  

(1) On July 28, 2005, we announced that the Board of Directors authorized us to repurchase up to an aggregate of 
$300.0  million  of  our  class  A  common  stock  from  time  to  time  on  the  open  market  (the  “2005  Share 
Repurchase  Program”).    On  April  29,  2008,  the  Board  of  Directors  amended  the  2005  Share  Repurchase 
Program to increase the amount of class A common stock that we are authorized to repurchase from $300.0 
million to $800.0 million and extended the term of the 2005 Share Repurchase Program to April 29, 2013.  On 

41

 
 
   
 
   
     
  
   
   
   
   
     
  
   
   
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
April  25,  2013,  the  Board  of  Directors  extended  the  term  of  the  2005  Share  Repurchase  Program  through 
April 29, 2018, although the program may be suspended or discontinued by us at any time.  The timing and 
amount  of  any  shares  repurchased  will  be  determined  by  management  based  on  its  evaluation  of  market 
conditions and other factors.  The 2005 Share Repurchase Program may be funded using our working capital, 
as  well  as  proceeds  from  any  other  funding  arrangements  that  we  may  enter  into  in  the  future.    As  of 
December 31,  2017,  pursuant  to  the  2005  Share  Repurchase  Program,  we  had  repurchased  an  aggregate  of 
3,826,947 shares of our class A common stock at an average price per share of $90.23 and an aggregate cost 
of $345.3 million.  As of December 31, 2017, $454.7 million of our class A common stock remained available 
for repurchase pursuant to the 2005 Share Repurchase Program.  The average price per share and aggregate 
cost amounts disclosed above include broker commissions.

Performance Graph 

The  following  graph  compares  the  cumulative  total  stockholder  return  on  our  class  A  common  stock  from 
December 31,  2012  (the  last  trading  day  before  the  beginning  of  our  fifth  preceding  fiscal  year)  to  December  29, 
2017  (the  last  trading  day  of  the  fiscal  year  ended  December 31,  2017)  with  the  cumulative  total  return  of  (i)  the 
Total Return Index for The NASDAQ Stock Market (U.S. Companies) (the “NASDAQ Composite Index”) and (ii) 
the NASDAQ Computer Index.  The graph assumes the investment of $100.00 on December 31, 2012 in our class A 
common  stock,  the  NASDAQ  Composite  Index,  and  the  NASDAQ  Computer  Index,  and  assumes  that  any 
dividends  are  reinvested.  Measurement  points  are  December  31,  2012,  December  31,  2013,  December  31,  2014, 
December 31, 2015, December 30, 2016, and December 29, 2017.

Comparison of Cumulative Total Return
Assumes Initial Investment of $100

$300.00

$250.00

$200.00

$150.00

$100.00

$50.00

$0.00

12/31/2012

12/31/2013

12/31/2014

12/31/2015

12/30/2016

12/29/2017

MicroStrategy Incorporated

NASDAQ Composite Index

NASDAQ Computer Index

MicroStrategy Incorporated
NASDAQ Composite Index
NASDAQ Computer Index

  12/31/12     12/31/13     12/31/14     12/31/15     12/30/16     12/29/17  
  $ 100.00    $ 133.05    $ 173.91    $ 192.00    $ 211.39    $ 140.61 
  $ 100.00    $ 140.12    $ 160.78    $ 171.97    $ 187.22    $ 242.71 
  $ 100.00    $ 134.07    $ 163.15    $ 175.66    $ 200.32    $ 281.21  

42

 
Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

The  following  selected  consolidated  financial  data  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  “Item  7.  Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” the Consolidated Financial Statements 
and notes thereto, and other financial information appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We  previously  operated  Angel.com,  a  provider  of  cloud-based  Customer  Experience  Management  solutions  for 
Interactive Voice Response and contact centers.  In 2013, we completed the sale of our equity interest in Angel.com 
and have classified the gain on sale and preceding operations of the Angel.com business as discontinued operations 
in the following selected consolidated financial data.

2017

Years Ended December 31,
2014
2015
2016
(in thousands, except per share data)

2013

Statements of Operations Data
Total revenues
Income from continuing operations, net of tax
Discontinued operations, net of tax
Net income
Earnings per share (1)(2):

Basic, from continuing operations
Basic, from discontinued operations

Basic earnings per share

Diluted, from continuing operations
Diluted, from discontinued operations

Diluted earnings per share

  $ 504,543    $ 512,161    $ 529,869    $ 579,830    $ 575,888 
5,035    $ 26,550 
  $ 17,643    $ 90,908    $ 105,931    $
0    $ 56,782 
  $
0    $
5,035    $ 83,332 
  $ 17,643    $ 90,908    $ 105,931    $

0    $

0    $

  $

  $
  $

  $

1.54    $
0.00   
1.54    $
1.53    $
0.00   
1.53    $

7.96    $
0.00   
7.96    $
7.89    $
0.00   
7.89    $

9.33    $
0.00     
9.33    $
9.18    $
0.00     
9.18    $

0.45    $
0.00     
0.45    $
0.44    $
0.00     
0.44    $

2.35 
5.02 
7.37 
2.35 
5.02 
7.37  

2017

2016

As of December 31,
2015
(in thousands)

2014

2013

Balance Sheet Data
Total assets, excluding held-for-sale
Long-term liabilities, excluding deferred revenue, 
advance payments, and held-for-sale
Total stockholders’ equity

  $ 835,728    $ 768,319    $ 656,894    $ 558,797    $ 585,514 

  $ 50,150    $ 16,741    $ 19,960    $ 26,208    $ 32,699 
  $ 590,539    $ 552,177    $ 455,281    $ 324,471    $ 310,326  

(1) Basic and fully diluted earnings per share for class A and class B common stock are the same.

(2) We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on either class A or class B common stock.

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
      
      
      
  
Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Forward-Looking Information

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the 
Exchange Act.  For this purpose, any statements contained herein that are not statements of historical fact, including 
without limitation, certain statements regarding industry prospects and our results of operations or financial position, 
may  be  deemed  to  be  forward-looking  statements.  Without  limiting  the  foregoing,  the  words  “believes,” 
“anticipates,” “plans,” “expects,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. The 
important factors discussed under “Part I. Item 1A. Risk Factors,” among others, could cause actual results to differ 
materially  from  those  indicated  by  forward-looking  statements  made  herein  and  presented  elsewhere  by 
management from time to time. Such forward-looking statements represent management’s current expectations and 
are inherently uncertain. Investors are warned that actual results may differ from management’s expectations.

Overview 

MicroStrategy  is  a  leading  worldwide  provider  of  enterprise  analytics  and  mobility  software.  Our  mission  is  to 
provide  enterprise  customers  with  a  world-class  software  platform  and  expert  services  so  they  can  deploy  unique 
intelligence applications.

MicroStrategy 10, our flagship platform offering, consolidates analytics and mobility in a single unified platform. 
The MicroStrategy 10 platform is available on Windows, Linux and AWS, and as a hosted service offering through 
MicroStrategy Cloud.  Our platform offers a comprehensive suite of business intelligence functionality, from data 
discovery  to  mobile  analytics,  data  mining,  Big  Data  analytics,  enterprise  reporting  and  powerful  identity 
intelligence  generated  by  digital  credentials.    MicroStrategy  10  builds  on  proven  enterprise  capabilities  to  make 
sophisticated,  high-performance  analytics  more  accessible,  easier  to  use,  and  faster.  MicroStrategy  10  consists  of 
MicroStrategy Analytics, MicroStrategy Mobile, and Usher.

MicroStrategy  Analytics  empowers  large  organizations  to  analyze  vast  amounts  of  data  and  securely  distribute 
actionable  business  insight  throughout  an  enterprise,  while  also  being  able  to  cater  to  smaller  workgroups  and 
departmental use via MicroStrategy Desktop.  MicroStrategy Analytics delivers reports and dashboards, and enables 
users  to  conduct  ad  hoc  analysis  and  share  insights  anywhere,  anytime,  via  mobile  devices  (via  MicroStrategy 
Mobile)  or  the  web  (via  MicroStrategy  Web).    It  also  combines  the  agility  and  productivity  of  self-service  visual 
data  discovery  with  the  security,  scalability,  and  governance  features  of  enterprise-grade  business  intelligence.  
Additionally,  MicroStrategy  Analytics  delivers  powerful  identity  intelligence  on  user  behavior  and  resource 
utilization (via Usher).  

MicroStrategy  Web  is  the  primary  interface  for  analysts,  data  scientists,  consumers  and  developers,  offering 
interactive  reporting,  dashboarding,  and  ad-hoc  data  discovery  capabilities  through  a  web  browser.  With 
MicroStrategy  Web,  users  can  design  and  deliver  reports  and  dashboards  across  various  styles  of  business 
intelligence, including scorecards, pixel-perfect documents and invoices, and interactive reports and dashboards, as 
well as for visual data discovery. MicroStrategy Web can also connect to a wide range of data sources, and be used 
to  build  sophisticated  advanced  analytical  models  that  may  be  inserted  within  reports  and  dashboards.  
MicroStrategy reports and dashboards can be personalized and automatically delivered to thousands of users with 
MicroStrategy Server’s advanced distribution capabilities. Web applications can also be extensively customized and 
embedded into other applications using MicroStrategy Web SDK for a branded experience.

MicroStrategy  Desktop  is  a  free,  standalone,  on-premise,  single-user  tool  for  fast,  powerful,  and  easy-to-use  self-
service visual data discovery.  It enables business users to analyze and gain valuable insight and understanding into 
their  organizations’  data  by  quickly  creating  stunning  and  useful  visualizations,  without  assistance  from  the  IT 
department.  MicroStrategy Desktop can be readily downloaded and installed on a PC or Mac, making the power of 
MicroStrategy  10  easily  available.  MicroStrategy  Desktop  can  be  used  while  offline  and  while  not  connected  to 
MicroStrategy  Server.    MicroStrategy  Desktop  connects  to  MicroStrategy  Server  when  needed,  allowing  for 
governance workflows that deliver data discovery capabilities to the enterprise at scale.

44

MicroStrategy Mobile is fully integrated into the MicroStrategy Analytics platform, so it is easy to leverage existing 
reports and dashboards to instantly deploy mobile business intelligence. In addition, MicroStrategy Mobile extends 
beyond  analytics  to  enable  organizations  to  rapidly  build  custom  enterprise  mobility  applications  that  deliver 
analytics combined with transactions, multimedia, and mapping to support business workflows.  The robust code-
free  application  development  platform  is  designed  to  reduce  development  costs  and  accelerate  the  deployment  of 
native  mobile  business  apps  optimized  for  both  iOS  and  Android.    Companies  can  build  fully  native  iOS  and 
Android  apps  that  take  advantage  of  the  unique  device  and  operating  system  capabilities  (e.g.,  GPS/location, 
calendar,  and  camera)  on  those  devices.    MicroStrategy  Mobile  is  an  easy,  fast,  and  cost-effective  vehicle  for 
mobilizing an organization’s information systems, including its data warehouses, business intelligence, ERP, CRM, 
and web applications that are currently accessible only on the desktop.  With MicroStrategy Mobile, businesses can 
transform  their  entire  workforce  into  a  connected  and  more  productive  mobile  workforce.    With  mobile  access  to 
critical corporate data and systems that drive the business, employees can have a virtual office in their hands at all 
times.  MicroStrategy Mobile also enables companies to deploy customized, white-labeled mobile apps to business 
partners  and  customers.  These  apps  can  serve  as  new  or  enhanced  offerings  that  differentiate  an  organization’s 
product or service to business partners or customers.

Usher delivers to its users unique mobile identity badges, each cryptographically linked to its owner’s smartphone 
and  dynamically  linked  to  the  enterprise’s  existing  identity  repositories,  that  are  highly  secure  and  convenient  for 
organizations to deploy. Usher badges work on standard smartphones running on iOS or the Android platform and 
include an Apple Watch integration. Through the use of Bluetooth, QR codes, biometrics, push notifications, time-
limited  PIN  codes,  and  other  authentication  methods,  Usher  badge  users  can  log  into  applications,  VPNs,  and 
workstations, unlock doors and other physical gateways, and validate each other’s identities. Usher badge users are 
also  able  to  scan  barcodes  for  asset  tracking  applications.  Usher  can  additionally  serve  as  a  powerful  enterprise 
productivity  tool  with  Usher  Professional,  a  dynamic  and  searchable  employee  directory  that  facilitates 
communication  among  users,  and  gives  managers  insight  into  the  location  and  activity  of  their  distributed 
workforce. Usher Professional users can view badge user activity on a nearly real-time map and manage or direct 
their  workforce  by  engaging  in  two-way  communication  with  badge  users.  In  the  EIoT  paradigm,  interactions 
between  Usher  users  and  enterprise  resources  generate  real-time  telemetry,  which  can  be  efficiently  harnessed  in 
Usher  Analytics,  creating  actionable  intelligence.   By  delivering  strong  yet  convenient  authentication  that  can  be 
extended to nearly every corporate system, Usher can uncover insights, reduce infrastructure complexity, and secure 
assets -- all to help businesses flourish in the age of connected devices and connected people. Usher addresses some 
of the biggest challenges facing corporations today, including authentication, identity and access management, and 
resource  authorization,  while  applying  industry-leading  business  intelligence  and  analytics  to  an  enterprise’s 
infrastructure.  

MicroStrategy on AWS allows organizations to harness the power of data through our enterprise solutions via the 
cloud.    Compared  to  traditional  on-premise  approaches,  MicroStrategy  on  AWS  is  architected  to  deliver  best-of-
breed  MicroStrategy  software  via  the  cloud,  with  pre-configured,  ready-to-go  servers,  coupled  with  the  required 
supporting  infrastructure.    With  MicroStrategy  on  AWS,  customers  can  launch  enterprise  analytics  environments 
within  minutes  via  a  web-based  provisioning  tool,  and  use  the  full  MicroStrategy  10  offering.    MicroStrategy  on 
AWS deploys MicroStrategy directly into the customer’s AWS account where the customer maintains and manages 
the environment. 

For customers looking for a Platform-as-a-Service (PaaS) experience, MicroStrategy Cloud offers managed services 
that  deliver  the  full  breadth  of  platform  capabilities  along  with  a  dedicated  cloud  operations  team  to  deploy  the 
platform  in  the  cloud.    MicroStrategy  Cloud  is  well  suited  for  organizations  without  extensive  IT  resources  to 
maintain  and  manage  the  cloud  infrastructure  on  their  own.    MicroStrategy  Cloud  offers  a  99.9%  Service  Level 
Agreement  for  availability,  and  is  backed  by  a  team  of  experts  and  dedicated  tech  support  staff  that  provides 
continuous  monitoring  and  alerting.    MicroStrategy  Cloud  maintains  and  keeps  up  to  date  on  compliance  and 
security  certifications  to  help  ensure  the  environments  adhere  to  the  Service  Organization  Control  2,  ISO  27001, 
Payment Card Industry, HIPAA, and Privacy Shield standards. 

System integrators, value-added resellers, and OEMs around the world rely on the capabilities of the MicroStrategy 
platform,  including  its  functionality,  workflows,  report  presentation,  user  management,  security,  administration, 
system configuration, and monitoring, to build branded and custom applications of their own. Our platform’s open 
architecture  and  APIs  make  it  especially  suitable  for  developing  custom  functionality  or  integrating  with  other 
applications.  Organizations seeking to add analytics features to their own offerings can easily and directly embed 
the platform into their business applications or portals with white labeling and single sign-on options.

45

The following table sets forth certain operating highlights (in thousands) for the years ended December 31, 2017, 
2016, and 2015:

Years Ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

Revenues
Product licenses
Subscription services

Total product licenses and subscription services

Product support
Other services

Total revenues

Cost of revenues
Product licenses
Subscription services

Total product licenses and subscription services

Product support
Other services

Total cost of revenues

Gross profit
Operating expenses
Sales and marketing
Research and development
General and administrative
Restructuring costs

Total operating expenses

Income from operations

  $

93,969   $ 113,503   $ 119,143 
27,839 
30,574    
32,368    
146,982 
    126,337     144,077    
281,740 
    289,174     285,079    
101,147 
83,005    
529,869 
    504,543     512,161    

89,032    

7,176    
13,435    
20,611    
17,481    
58,557    
96,649    

8,573    
12,765    
21,338    
15,001    
56,808    
93,147    
    407,894     419,014    

8,118 
13,051 
21,169 
12,748 
67,191 
101,108 
428,761 

    174,612     158,740    
73,142    
78,766    
79,462    
80,161    
45    
0    
    333,539     311,389    
  $

148,522 
65,206 
80,732 
279 
294,739 
74,355   $ 107,625   $ 134,022  

The  analytics  market  is  highly  competitive  and  our  results  of  operations  depend  on  our  ability  to  market  and  sell 
offerings that provide customers with greater value than those offered by our competitors.  Our success depends on 
the  effectiveness  with  which  we  can  differentiate  our  products  from  both  large  software  vendors  that  provide 
products across multiple lines of business, including one or more products that directly compete with our products, 
and other analytics vendors across large, mid-sized, and small opportunities.  A key differentiator that we believe 
distinguishes  our  offerings  is  that  we  offer  a  single  platform  with  comprehensive  analytics  that  supports  both  the 
needs of IT and business users, by delivering easy-to-use data discovery combined with enterprise governance.

Organizations  recently  have  sought,  and  we  expect  may  continue  to  seek,  to  standardize  their  various  analytics 
applications  around  a  single  software  platform.    This  trend  presents  both  opportunities  and  challenges  for  our 
business.  It offers us the opportunity to increase the size of transactions with new customers and to expand the size 
of our analytics installations with existing customers.  On the other hand, it presents the challenge that we may not 
be able to penetrate accounts that a competitor has penetrated or in which a competitor is the incumbent analytics 
provider.

In addition, there is increased market demand for analysis of a wider variety of data sources, including sensor data, 
social data, web log data, and other data types. These new data sources are driving massive increases in the volume 
of  data  that  can  potentially  be  analyzed  (these  large-scale  data  sets  are  known  as  “Big  Data”),  which  in  turn  is 
accelerating development of new storage technologies like Hadoop and NoSQL databases. The demand for analytics 
on  Big  Data  represents  an  opportunity  for  us,  as  it  opens  up  new  potential  applications  and  use  cases  for  our 
technology. It also creates a challenge as we will need to continually enhance our technology to support emerging 
data sources, deliver faster performance necessary to support analysis of Big Data, and support analysis of a wider 
variety of data types, such as unstructured, semi-structured, and streaming data.

46

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
     
      
      
 
   
   
     
      
      
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
     
      
      
 
   
   
   
The  market  for  enterprise  mobility  apps  is  rapidly  changing,  highly  competitive,  and  complex  with  many 
competitors and different offerings ranging from fully custom-coded applications to plug-and-play solutions.  While 
organizations  vary  greatly  in  their  approach  to,  and  pace  of  adoption  of,  mobile  solutions,  they  are  increasingly 
accelerating the transition of their businesses onto mobile devices, such as tablets and smartphones.  Over the next 
few years, we expect that organizations will continue to construct their information and systems to take advantage of 
the efficiencies and cost savings of mobile computing.  Ultimately, we expect that the majority of routine business 
tasks and workflows will become available as mobile-optimized touch-enabled apps.

We have undertaken multiple initiatives to address these opportunities and challenges, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

introducing Dossier, a new way to consume analytics on MicroStrategy 10 using an interactive book of reports 
and dashboards that combines relevant analytics into a single place, with a new streamlined interface that goes 
beyond reports and dashboards and brings key data into a format that users can understand and use to make 
better,  actionable  decisions  and  identify  new  opportunities  (available  on  MicroStrategy  Web  and  tablets  via 
native apps for both iOS and Android);

releasing  MicroStrategy  on  AWS,  which  allows  customers  to  spin  up  their  own  instance  of  the  full 
MicroStrategy  platform  in  the  cloud,  and  expanding  support  for  MicroStrategy  on  AWS  in  more  locations 
(such  as  London,  Sydney,  Frankfurt,  Tokyo,  Ireland,  Ohio,  Oregon,  and  Northern  Virginia)  and  in  nine 
different languages (English, French, Italian, Portuguese, Spanish, Dutch, Japanese, Korean, and Chinese);

improving  access  to  MicroStrategy  10  via  easy-to-access  trial  and  evaluation  versions  of  products  on  our 
website, including a free 30-day trial to MicroStrategy on AWS that lets prospects experience our enterprise 
capabilities and allows existing customers to try new features;

making  our  MicroStrategy  Desktop  product  freely  available  to  new  and  existing  users,  which  helps  to  (i) 
increase  public  awareness,  (ii)  increase  the  adoption  of  the  product  into  existing  accounts  by  empowering 
MicroStrategy Web users to seamlessly connect MicroStrategy Desktop to their existing projects, upload and 
download  reports  and  dashboards  from  the  server,  work  offline,  and  try  new  functionality  such  as  data 
blending and wrangling, and (iii) generate upsell opportunities for us by seeding the need for bigger enterprise 
capabilities  like  pixel-perfect  dashboards,  automated  distribution,  governance  and  security,  all  of  which  are 
available with our platform;

offering new collaboration tools that allow more users to interact and collaborate on analytics content, which 
can ultimately drive adoption to more users across the enterprise; and

delivering new out-of-the-box connectors that help analysts visualize log files and semi-structured data, such 
as Solr, Box, One Drive, Elasticsearch and others, introducing greater flexibility to visualize and interact with 
multi-level or ragged hierarchy reports against MDX (Multidimensional Expressions) sources such as Essbase 
and  MSAS,  and  delivering  enhancements  such  as  dynamic  filtering  and  support  for  derived  attributes  and 
metrics.

As part of our efforts to take greater advantage of the opportunities in the market and grow our market share, we 
expect to increase our sales and marketing expenditures and increase our research and development expenditures as 
we invest in our technology products and personnel in future periods.

As discussed in Note 11, Share-based Compensation, to the Consolidated Financial Statements, we have outstanding 
stock  options  to  purchase  shares  of  our  class  A  common  stock  under  our  2013  Equity  Plan.    Share-based 
compensation  expense  (in  thousands)  from  these  stock  option  awards  was  recognized  in  the  following  operating 
expense line items in our Consolidated Statements of Operations for the periods indicated:

Sales and marketing
Research and development
General and administrative

Total share-based compensation expense

Years Ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

  $

  $

2,294    $
1,650     
10,323     
14,267    $

2,971    $
1,000     
7,846     
11,817    $

2,842 
1,112 
13,345 
17,299  

47

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
As of December 31, 2017, we estimated that approximately $19.8 million of additional share-based compensation 
expense  for  options  granted  under  the  2013  Equity  Plan  will  be  recognized  over  a  remaining  weighted  average 
period of 2.3 years.  

We base our internal operating expense forecasts on expected revenue trends and strategic objectives.  Many of our 
expenses,  such  as  office  leases  and  certain  personnel  costs,  are  relatively  fixed.    Accordingly,  any  shortfall  in 
revenue  may  cause  significant  variation  in  our  operating  results.    We  therefore  believe  that  quarter-to-quarter 
comparisons of our operating results may not be a good indication of our future performance.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We  are  providing  supplemental  financial  measures  for  income  from  operations  that  excludes  the  impact  of  our 
share-based  compensation  arrangements  and  restructuring  activities,  and  for  net  income  and  diluted  earnings  per 
share  that  exclude  the  impact  from  the  Tax  Act.  These  supplemental  financial  measures  are  not  measurements  of 
financial  performance  under  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  in  the  United  States  (“GAAP”)  and,  as  a 
result,  these  supplemental  financial  measures  may  not  be  comparable  to  similarly  titled  measures  of  other 
companies.    Management  uses  these  non-GAAP  financial  measures  internally  to  help  understand,  manage,  and 
evaluate our business performance and to help make operating decisions. We believe that these non-GAAP financial 
measures  are  also  useful  to  investors  and  analysts  in  comparing  our  performance  across  reporting  periods  on  a 
consistent basis because in the case of the supplemental measure for income from continuing operations, it excludes 
a  significant  non-cash  expense  that  we  believe  is  not  reflective  of  our  general  business  performance  and 
restructuring  charges  that  we  believe  are  not  reflective  of  ongoing  operating  results,  and  in  the  case  of  the 
supplemental measures for net income and diluted earnings per share, they exclude one-time tax charges resulting 
from  the  Tax  Act.    In  addition,  accounting  for  share-based  compensation  arrangements  requires  significant 
management  judgment  and  the  resulting  expense  could  vary  significantly  in  comparison  to  other  companies.  
Therefore, we believe the use of these non-GAAP financial measures can also facilitate comparison of our operating 
results to those of our competitors.

Non-GAAP financial measures are subject to material limitations as they are not in accordance with, or a substitute 
for,  measurements  prepared  in  accordance  with  GAAP.    For  example,  we  expect  that  share-based  compensation 
expense,  which  is  excluded  from  our  non-GAAP  financial  measure,  will  continue  to  be  a  significant  recurring 
expense over the coming years and is an important part of the compensation provided to certain employees, officers, 
and directors.  Our non-GAAP financial measures are not meant to be considered in isolation and should be read 
only  in  conjunction  with  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  which  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with 
GAAP.    We  rely  primarily  on  such  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  to  understand,  manage,  and  evaluate  our 
business performance, and use the non-GAAP financial measures only supplementally.

48

The  following  is  a  reconciliation  of  our  non-GAAP  financial  measures  to  their  most  directly  comparable  GAAP 
measures (in thousands, except per share data) for the periods indicated:

Reconciliation of non-GAAP income from operations:

Income from operations
Share-based compensation expense
Restructuring costs

Non-GAAP income from operations

  $

  $

74,355    $
14,267     
0     
88,622    $

107,625    $
11,817     
45     
119,487    $

134,022 
17,299 
279 
151,600 

Years Ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

Reconciliation of non-GAAP net income:

Net income
Tax charge due to the U.S. corporate tax reform 
legislation

Non-GAAP net income

  $

17,643    $

90,908    $

105,931 

44,018     
61,661    $

0     
90,908    $

0 
105,931 

  $

Reconciliation of non-GAAP diluted earnings per share:      
  $

Diluted earnings per share
Impact of tax charge due to the U.S. corporate tax 
reform legislation (per diluted share)

Non-GAAP diluted earnings per share

  $

1.53    $

7.89    $

9.18 

3.81     
5.34    $

0.00     
7.89    $

0.00 
9.18  

Critical Accounting Policies

Our  discussion  and  analysis  of  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  are  based  on  our  Consolidated 
Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP.

The preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect 
the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, and equity, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of 
the  financial  statements,  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the  reporting  period.    In 
particular,  estimates  relating  to  revenue  recognition  have  a  material  impact  on  our  financial  statements.    Actual 
results and outcomes could differ from these estimates and assumptions.

Revenue Recognition. Under existing revenue recognition guidance applicable to the financial statements set forth 
in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we recognize revenue from sales of software licenses to end users upon: 

1)

2)

3)

4)

persuasive evidence of an arrangement, as provided by agreements, contracts, purchase orders or other 
arrangements, generally executed by both parties;

existence of a fixed or determinable fee;

delivery of the software; and

determination that collection is reasonably assured.

When  the  fees  for  software  upgrades  and  enhancements,  technical  support,  consulting,  and  education  are  bundled 
with the license fee, they are unbundled for revenue recognition purposes using vendor specific objective evidence 
(“VSOE”) of fair value of the elements.

Product support or post-contract support (“PCS”) revenue is derived from providing technical software support and 
software updates and upgrades to customers. PCS revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the contract, which 
in most cases is one year.  Our VSOE for PCS, which includes updates, upgrades, and enhancements, is determined 
based on the optional stated renewal fee for PCS in the contract, which is the price the customer is required to pay 
when PCS is renewed.  Additionally, the optional stated renewal fee used to establish VSOE for PCS in a software 

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
     
       
       
 
   
   
 
     
       
       
 
     
       
       
 
   
 
     
       
       
 
       
       
 
   
transaction must be above our minimum substantive VSOE rate for PCS.  If a stated renewal rate is considered non-
substantive,  VSOE  of  PCS  has  not  been  established,  and  we  recognize  all  revenue  under  the  arrangement  ratably 
over the PCS period.  A minimum substantive VSOE rate is determined based on an analysis of historical sales of 
PCS.  For a renewal rate to be non-substantive, we believe it must be significantly lower than our minimum VSOE 
rate.  We  consider  a  10%  variance  below  our  minimum  VSOE  rate  to  be  significant.  It  is  rare  for  us  to  have  an 
arrangement that includes a renewal rate that is below the minimum VSOE rate.

Revenue  from  consulting,  education,  and  subscription  services  is  recognized  as  the  services  are  performed.    Our 
VSOE for services other than PCS is determined based on an analysis of our historical sales of each element when 
sold separately from software.

For  new  offerings  of  services  other  than  PCS  or  service  offerings  that  have  not  had  a  sufficient  history  of  sales 
activity,  we  initially  establish  VSOE  based  on  the  list  price  as  determined  by  management  with  the  relevant 
authority.  Each service offering has a single list price in each country where sold.

If  VSOE  exists  for  all  undelivered  elements  and  there  is  no  such  evidence  of  fair  value  established  for  delivered 
elements, the arrangement fee is first allocated to the elements where evidence of fair value has been established and 
the residual amount is allocated to the delivered elements. If evidence of fair value for any undelivered element of 
an  arrangement  does  not  exist,  all  revenue  from  the  arrangement  is  deferred  until  such  time  that  evidence  of  fair 
value exists for undelivered elements or until all elements of the arrangement are delivered, subject to certain limited 
exceptions.

If an arrangement includes acceptance criteria, revenue is not recognized until we can objectively demonstrate that 
the software or service can meet the acceptance criteria or the acceptance period lapses, whichever occurs earlier. If 
a software license arrangement obligates us to deliver specified future products or upgrades, revenue is recognized 
when  the  specified  future  product  or  upgrades  are  delivered  or  when  the  obligation  to  deliver  specified  future 
products  expires,  whichever  occurs  earlier.  If  a  software  license  arrangement  obligates  us  to  deliver  unspecified 
future products, then revenue is recognized on a subscription basis, ratably over the term of the contract.

License revenue derived from sales to resellers or OEMs who purchase our products for resale is recognized upon 
sufficient evidence that the products have been sold to the end user, provided all other revenue recognition criteria 
have been met.  Our standard software license and reseller agreements do not include any return rights other than the 
right to return non-conforming products for repair or replacement under our standard product warranties.  During the 
last three fiscal years, we have not experienced any product returns related to warranty claims.

We generally offer either commercial discounts or referral fees to our channel partners, depending on the nature of 
services performed. Revenue recognized from transactions with channel partners involved in resale or distribution 
activities is recorded net of any commercial discounts provided to them. Referral fees paid to channel partners not 
involved in resale or distribution activities are expensed as cost of revenues and, during the last three fiscal years, 
were not significant.

Our  standard  software  license  agreements  do  not  include  any  price  protection  provisions.    However,  transactions 
under  our  General  Services  Administration  Federal  Supply  Schedule  contract  must  comply  with  the  Price 
Reductions clause.  In addition, certain government agencies have the right to cancel contracts for “convenience.”  
During the last three fiscal years, there were no material amounts refunded under the Price Reductions clause and 
there were no material contracts cancelled for convenience.

Amounts  collected  prior  to  satisfying  our  revenue  recognition  criteria  are  included  in  net  deferred  revenue  and 
advance payments in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Software revenue recognition requires judgment, including determinations about whether collectability is reasonably 
assured,  the  fee  is  fixed  and  determinable,  a  software  arrangement  includes  multiple  elements,  and  if  so,  whether 
VSOE  exists  for  those  elements.    Judgment  is  also  required  to  assess  whether  future  releases  of  certain  software 
represent new products or upgrades and enhancements to existing products.

50

We also generate subscription services revenues primarily from our cloud services offerings.  Subscription services 
revenues  include  subscription  fees  from  customers  for  access  to  the  full  breadth  of  MicroStrategy  Analytics  and 
MicroStrategy Mobile capabilities, database services, and data integration services.  Our standard arrangements with 
customers  generally  do  not  provide  the  customer  with  the  right  to  take  possession  of  the  software  supporting  the 
cloud-based  application  service  at  any  time.   As  such,  these  arrangements  are  considered  service  contracts  and 
revenue  is  recognized  ratably  over  the  service  period  of  the  contract,  following  completion  of  the  set-up  service.  
Any related set-up service fees are recognized ratably over the longer of the contract period or the estimated average 
life of the customer relationship. 

Our subscription services are generally offered as standalone arrangements or as part of arrangements that include 
professional services.  If deliverables in a multiple-element arrangement have standalone value upon delivery, we 
account for each such deliverable separately.  We have concluded that our subscription services and our professional 
services each have standalone value.  When we enter into multiple-element arrangements that include subscription 
services and professional services, the total arrangement consideration is allocated to each of the deliverables based 
on the relative selling price hierarchy.  We determine the relative selling price for each deliverable using VSOE of 
selling  price,  if  available,  or  our  best  estimate  of  selling  price  (“BESP”),  if  VSOE  is  not  available.   We  have 
determined that third-party evidence of selling price is not a practical alternative due to differences in our services 
offerings  as  compared  to  other  companies  and  the  lack  of  availability  of  third-party  pricing  information.    For 
professional services, we have established VSOE because a consistent number of standalone sales of this deliverable 
have  been  priced  within  a  reasonably  narrow  range.   For  subscription  services,  we  have  not  established  VSOE 
because, among other factors, the offering is relatively new and our pricing model continues to evolve. Accordingly, 
we use BESP to determine the relative selling price of our subscription services.

We  determine  BESP  by  reviewing  historical  transactions  and  by  considering  the  service’s  pricing  models  and 
objectives  that  take  into  account  factors  such  as  gross  margin,  the  size  and  volume  of  the  transactions,  perceived 
pricing  sensitivity,  and  growth  strategies.    The  determination  of  BESP  is  made  through  consultation  with,  and 
approval by, our management team, taking into consideration our go-to-market strategy.  As our pricing and go-to-
market  strategies evolve, we  may modify  our  pricing  practices  in  the  future,  which could  result in  changes  to  the 
determination of VSOE and BESP.

Amounts,  upon  invoicing,  are  recorded  in  accounts  receivable  and  either  gross  deferred  revenue  or  revenue, 
depending on whether the applicable revenue recognition criteria have been met. 

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-
09,  Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers  (Topic  606)  (“ASU  2014-09”),  which  supersedes  nearly  all  existing 
revenue recognition guidance under GAAP. The standard’s core principle is that an entity should recognize revenue 
when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the 
entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.  ASU 2014-09 defines a five-step process to 
implement this core principle.  In implementing this new principle, it is possible more judgment and estimates may 
be required within the revenue recognition process than are required under existing revenue recognition guidance. 
We  plan  to  adopt  ASU  2014-09  with  full  retrospective  adoption  effective  January  1,  2018.  See  Note  3,  Recent 
Accounting Standards, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

51

Impact of Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Fluctuations on Results of Operations

We conduct a significant portion of our business in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, the currency in which we 
report  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements.   As  currency  rates  change  from  quarter  over  quarter  and  year  over 
year,  our  results  of  operations  may  be  impacted.   The  table  below  summarizes  the  impact  (in  thousands)  of 
fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates on certain components of our Consolidated Statements of Operations 
by  showing  the increase  (decrease)  in  revenues  or  expenses,  as  applicable,  from  the  prior  year.    The  term 
“international” refers to operations outside of the United States and Canada.

International product licenses revenues
International subscription services revenues
International product support revenues
International other services revenues
Cost of product support revenues
Cost of other services revenues
Sales and marketing expenses
Research and development expenses
General and administrative expenses

  $

Years Ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

1,129    $
(120)   
1,089     
372     
(41)   
664     
621     
(220)   
5     

(1,588)  $
(325)   
(4,513)   
(1,113)   
(327)   
(950)   
(2,021)   
(944)   
(1,396)   

(8,008)
(408)
(19,606)
(7,357)
(543)
(6,420)
(9,817)
(218)
(2,458)

For  example,  if  there  had  been  no  change  to  foreign  currency  exchange  rates  from  2016  to  2017, international 
product licenses revenues would have been $46.5 million rather than $47.6 million for the year ended December 31, 
2017.    If  there  had  been  no  change  to  foreign  currency  exchange  rates  from  2016  to  2017,  international  product 
support revenues would have been $113.8 million rather than $114.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.  
If there had been no change to foreign currency exchange rates from 2016 to 2017, sales and marketing expenses 
would have been $174.0 million rather than $174.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015

Revenues

Except as otherwise indicated herein, the term “domestic” refers to operations in the United States and Canada, and 
the term “international” refers to operations outside of the United States and Canada.

Product  licenses  and  subscription  services  revenues.    The  following  table  sets  forth  product  licenses  and 
subscription services revenues (in thousands) and related percentage changes for the periods indicated:

Years Ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

  % Change 
in 2017  

 % Change 
in 2016  

Product Licenses and Subscription Services Revenues:

Product Licenses
Domestic
International

Total product licenses revenues

Subscription Services

Domestic
International

Total subscription services revenues

Total product licenses and subscription services 
revenues

 $ 46,329  $ 69,307  $ 70,127   
   47,640    44,196    49,016   
   93,969    113,503    119,143   

-33.2%   
7.8%   
-17.2%   

   25,848    26,359    24,332   
3,507   
   32,368    30,574    27,839   

6,520   

4,215   

-1.9%   
54.7%   
5.9%   

-1.2%
-9.8%
-4.7%

8.3%
20.2%
9.8%

 $126,337  $144,077  $146,982   

-12.3%   

-2.0%

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
     
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
    
     
     
     
 
    
 
    
     
     
     
 
    
 
    
     
     
     
 
    
 
  
The  following  table  sets  forth  a  summary,  grouped  by  size,  of  the  number  of  recognized  product  licenses 
transactions for the periods indicated:

Product Licenses Transactions with Recognized Licenses Revenue in the 
Applicable Period:

More than $1.0 million in licenses revenue recognized
Between $0.5 million and $1.0 million in licenses revenue recognized    

Total
Domestic:
More than $1.0 million in licenses revenue recognized
Between $0.5 million and $1.0 million in licenses revenue recognized    

Total
International:
More than $1.0 million in licenses revenue recognized
Between $0.5 million and $1.0 million in licenses revenue recognized    

Total

Years Ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

10     
17     
27     

6     
7     
13     

4     
10     
14     

13     
23     
36     

10     
14     
24     

3     
9     
12     

15 
34 
49 

12 
17 
29 

3 
17 
20  

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  recognized  revenue  (in  thousands)  attributable  to  product  licenses  transactions, 
grouped by size, and related percentage changes for the periods indicated:

Years Ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

  % Change 
in 2017  

 % Change 
in 2016  

Product Licenses Revenue Recognized in the Applicable 
Period:

More than $1.0 million in licenses revenue recognized   $ 12,860   $ 22,963   $ 25,462    
Between $0.5 million and $1.0 million in licenses 
    11,478     14,317     23,296    
revenue recognized
Less than $0.5 million in licenses revenue recognized     69,631     76,223     70,385    
    93,969     113,503     119,143    

Total
Domestic:
More than $1.0 million in licenses revenue recognized    
Between $0.5 million and $1.0 million in licenses 
revenue recognized
8,627     12,503    
Less than $0.5 million in licenses revenue recognized     33,659     41,366     37,274    
    46,329     69,307     70,127    

Total
International:
More than $1.0 million in licenses revenue recognized    
Between $0.5 million and $1.0 million in licenses 
5,690     10,793    
revenue recognized
Less than $0.5 million in licenses revenue recognized     35,972     34,857     33,111    
  $ 47,640   $ 44,196   $ 49,016    

7,824     19,314     20,350    

6,632    

5,036    

4,846    

5,112    

3,649    

Total

-44.0%   

-9.8%

-19.8%   
-8.6%   
-17.2%   

-38.5%
8.3%
-4.7%

-59.5%   

-5.1%

-43.8%   
-18.6%   
-33.2%   

-31.0%
11.0%
-1.2%

38.0%   

-28.6%

16.6%   
3.2%   
7.8%   

-47.3%
5.3%
-9.8%

Product  licenses  revenues  decreased  $19.5  million  and  $5.6  million  during  2017  and  2016,  respectively,  as 
compared to the prior year. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, product licenses transactions 
with  more  than  $0.5  million  in  recognized  revenue  represented  25.9%,  32.8%,  and  40.9%,  respectively,  of  our 
product  licenses  revenues.    During  2017,  our  top  three  product  licenses  transactions  totaled  $4.5  million  in 
recognized revenue, or 4.8% of total product licenses revenues, compared to $9.2 million and $7.4 million, or 8.1% 
and 6.2% of total product licenses revenues, during 2016 and 2015, respectively.  

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
       
       
 
   
   
     
       
       
 
   
   
     
       
       
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
 
     
      
      
      
 
     
 
     
      
      
      
 
     
 
   
     
      
      
      
 
     
 
   
Domestic product licenses revenues.  Domestic product licenses revenues decreased $23.0 million during 2017, as 
compared  to  the  prior  year,  primarily  due  to  a  decrease  in  the  number  and  average  deal  size  of  transactions  with 
more  than  $1.0  million  in  recognized  revenue,  and  a  decrease  in  the  number  of  transactions  with  less  than  $1.0 
million in recognized revenue.

Domestic  product  licenses  revenues  decreased  $0.8  million  during  2016,  as  compared  to  the  prior  year,  primarily 
due to a decrease in the number and average deal size of transactions with recognized revenue between $0.5 million 
and $1.0 million, and a decrease in the number of transactions with more than $1.0 million in recognized revenue, 
partially offset by an increase in the number of transactions with less than $0.5 million in recognized revenue.

International  product  licenses  revenues.    International  product  licenses  revenues  increased  $3.4  million  during 
2017, as compared to the prior year, primarily due to an increase in the number of transactions with more than $0.5 
million in recognized revenue and a $1.1 million favorable foreign currency exchange impact.

International product licenses revenues decreased $4.8 million during 2016, as compared to the prior year, primarily 
due to a decrease in the number of transactions with recognized revenue between $0.5 million and $1.0 million and a 
$1.6  million  unfavorable  foreign  currency  exchange  impact,  partially  offset  by  an  increase  in  the  number  of 
transactions with less than $0.5 million in recognized revenue.

Subscription  services  revenues.  Subscription  services  revenues  are  primarily  derived  from  our  cloud  services 
offerings that are recognized on a subscription basis over the service period of the contract. Subscription services 
revenues increased $1.8 million and $2.7 million during 2017 and 2016, respectively, as compared to the prior year, 
primarily due to new subscription services customers and an increase in the use of subscription services by existing 
customers.

Product  support  revenues.    The  following  table  sets  forth  product  support  revenues  (in  thousands)  and  related 
percentage changes for the periods indicated:

Years Ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

    % Change  
in 2017

  % Change  
in 2016

Product Support Revenues:

Domestic
International

Total product support revenues

  $ 174,316    $ 172,695    $ 171,832     
    114,858      112,384      109,908     
  $ 289,174    $ 285,079    $ 281,740     

0.9%   
2.2%   
1.4%   

0.5%
2.3%
1.2%

Product support revenues are derived from providing technical software support and software updates and upgrades 
to customers.  Product support revenues are recognized ratably over the term of the contract, which is generally one 
year.  Product support revenues increased $4.1 million during 2017, as compared to the prior year, primarily due to 
new  product  and  premium  support  contracts  and  a  $1.1  million  favorable  foreign  currency  exchange  impact.  
Product support revenues increased $3.3 million during 2016, as compared to the prior year, primarily due to new 
product  and  premium  support  contracts,  partially  offset  by  a  $4.5  million  unfavorable  foreign  currency  exchange 
impact.

54

 
 
 
       
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
     
       
       
       
 
     
 
Other  services  revenues.    The  following  table  sets  forth  other  services  revenues  (in  thousands)  and  related 
percentage changes for the periods indicated:

Years Ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

    % Change  
in 2017

  % Change  
in 2016

Other Services Revenues:

Consulting

Domestic
International

Total consulting revenues

Education

Total other services revenues

  $ 40,561    $ 35,935    $ 54,159     
37,906     
92,065     
9,082     
  $ 89,032    $ 83,005    $ 101,147     

39,257     
79,818     
9,214     

37,465     
73,400     
9,605     

12.9%   
4.8%   
8.7%   
-4.1%   
7.3%   

-33.6%
-1.2%
-20.3%
5.8%
-17.9%

Consulting revenues.  Consulting revenues are derived from helping customers plan and execute the deployment of 
our software. Consulting revenues increased $6.4 million during 2017, as compared to the prior year, primarily due 
to  an  increase  in  the  average  bill  rate  and  a  $0.4  million  favorable  foreign  currency  exchange  impact.  Consulting 
revenues decreased $18.7 million during 2016, as compared to the prior year, primarily due to a decrease in billable 
hours worldwide and a $1.0 million unfavorable foreign currency exchange impact, partially offset by an increase in 
the average bill rate.

Education  revenues.    Education  revenues  are  derived  from  the  education  and  training  that  we  provide  to  our 
customers  to  enhance  their  ability  to  fully  utilize  the  features  and  functionality  of  our  software.    These  offerings 
include self-tutorials, custom course development, joint training with customers’ internal staff, and standard course 
offerings,  with  pricing  dependent  on  the  specific  offering  delivered.    Education  revenues  decreased  $0.4  million 
during 2017, as compared to the prior year, primarily due to lower overall contract values and a decrease in onsite 
course delivery.  Education revenues increased $0.5 million during 2016, as compared to the prior year, primarily 
due to higher overall contract values and an increase in onsite and online course delivery.

Costs and Expenses

Cost of revenues.  The following table sets forth cost of revenues (in thousands) and related percentage changes for 
the periods indicated:

Years Ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

    % Change  
in 2017

  % Change  
in 2016

Cost of Revenues:
Product licenses and subscription services:

Product licenses
Subscription services

Total product licenses and subscription 
services
Product support
Other services:
Consulting
Education

Total other services
Total cost of revenues

  $

7,176    $
13,435     

8,573    $
12,765     

8,118     
13,051     

-16.3%   
5.2%   

20,611     
17,481     

21,338     
15,001     

21,169     
12,748     

-3.4%   
16.5%   

52,018     
6,539     
58,557     

63,344     
3,847     
67,191     
  $ 96,649    $ 93,147    $ 101,108     

50,866     
5,942     
56,808     

2.3%   
10.0%   
3.1%   
3.8%   

5.6%
-2.2%

0.8%
17.7%

-19.7%
54.5%
-15.5%
-7.9%

Cost  of  product  licenses  revenues.    Cost  of  product  licenses  revenues  consists  of  amortization  of  capitalized 
software  development  costs,  referral  fees  paid  to  channel  partners,  the  costs  of  product  manuals  and  media,  and 
royalties paid to third-party software vendors.  Capitalized software development costs are generally amortized over 
a useful life of three years.

55

 
 
 
       
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
     
       
       
       
 
     
 
     
       
       
       
 
     
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
    
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
     
       
       
       
 
     
 
     
       
       
       
 
     
 
   
   
   
     
       
       
       
 
     
 
   
   
   
Cost of product licenses revenues decreased $1.4 million during 2017, as compared to the prior year, primarily due 
to a $1.4 million decrease in amortization of capitalized software development costs related to MicroStrategy 9.4, 
which  became  fully  amortized  in  September  2016,  and  a  $0.3  million  decrease  in  referral  fees  related  to  channel 
partners. We expect to amortize the remaining balance of our products’ capitalized software development costs as of 
December 31, 2017 ratably over the applicable remaining amortization periods as follows:

  Capitalized Software
  Development Costs, Net,  
  as of December 31, 2017  
(in thousands)

Remaining
  Amortization Period  
(in months)

MicroStrategy 10

Total capitalized software development costs, net

  $

2,499     
2,499       

5 

Cost of product licenses revenues increased $0.5 million during 2016, as compared to the prior year, primarily due 
to  a  $2.5  million  increase  in  amortization  of  capitalized  software  development  costs  related  to  MicroStrategy  10, 
which  was  made  generally  available  in  June  2015,  and  a  $0.2  million  increase  in  referral  fees  related  to  channel 
partners, partially offset by a $1.9 million decrease in amortization of capitalized software development costs related 
to MicroStrategy 9.3, which became fully amortized in September 2015, and a $0.5 million decrease in amortization 
of capitalized software development costs related to MicroStrategy 9.4, which became fully amortized in September 
2016.

Cost of subscription services revenues.  Cost of subscription services revenues consists of equipment, facility and 
other  related  support  costs,  and  personnel  and  related  overhead  costs.    Cost  of  subscription  services  revenues 
increased $0.7 million during 2017, as compared to the prior year, primarily due to a $1.9 million increase in third-
party hosting service provider fees, partially offset by a $0.6 million decrease in compensation and related costs, and 
a  $0.4  million  decrease  in  equipment,  facility,  and  other  related  support  costs.  Subscription  services  headcount 
increased 10.4% to 53 at December 31, 2017 from 48 at December 31, 2016.

Cost of subscription services revenues decreased $0.3 million during 2016, as compared to the prior year, primarily 
due  to  a  $2.1  million  decrease  in  equipment,  facility,  and  other  related  support  costs,  a  $0.3  million  decrease  in 
compensation and related costs, and a $0.3 million decrease in consulting and advisory costs, partially offset by a 
$2.3 million increase in third-party hosting service provider fees.  Subscription services headcount increased 29.7% 
to 48 at December 31, 2016 from 37 at December 31, 2015.

Cost  of  product  support  revenues.    Cost  of  product  support  revenues  consists  of  product  support  personnel  and 
related overhead costs.  Cost of product support revenues increased $2.5 million during 2017, as compared to the 
prior year, primarily due to a $2.4 million increase in compensation and related costs due to an increase in average 
staffing  levels,  a  $0.2  million  increase  in  travel  and  entertainment  expenditures,  and  a  $0.2  million  increase  in 
facility and other related support costs, partially offset by a $0.3 million decrease in subcontractor costs.  Product 
support headcount increased 0.6% to 172 at December 31, 2017 from 171 at December 31, 2016.

Cost of product support revenues increased $2.3 million during 2016, as compared to the prior year, primarily due to 
a  $1.8  million  increase  in  compensation  and  related  costs  due  to  an  increase  in  staffing  levels,  a  $0.3  million 
increase in subcontractor costs, and a $0.2 million increase in recruiting costs.  Product support headcount increased 
30.5% to 171 at December 31, 2016 from 131 at December 31, 2015.

Cost of consulting revenues.  Cost of consulting revenues consists of personnel and related overhead costs.  Cost of 
consulting  revenues  increased  $1.2  million  during  2017,  as  compared  to  the  prior  year,  primarily  due  to  a  $1.5 
million  increase  in  compensation  and  related  costs  and  a  $0.9  million  increase  in  travel  and  entertainment 
expenditures, partially offset by a $1.4 million decrease in subcontractor costs.  Included in the above components is 
an aggregate $0.6 million unfavorable foreign currency exchange impact.  Consulting headcount decreased 2.6% to 
441 at December 31, 2017 from 453 at December 31, 2016.

56

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
Cost of consulting revenues decreased $12.5 million during 2016, as compared to the prior year, primarily due to a 
$6.8 million decrease in compensation and related costs due to a decrease in average staffing levels, a $3.7 million 
decrease  in  subcontractor  costs,  a  $1.4  million  decrease  in  travel  and  entertainment  expenditures,  a  $1.1  million 
decrease  in  facility  and  other  related  support  costs,  partially  offset  by  a  $0.4  million  increase  in  recruiting  costs.  
Included  in  the  above  components  is  an  aggregate  $0.9  million  favorable  foreign  currency  exchange  impact.  
Consulting headcount decreased 3.0% to 453 at December 31, 2016 from 467 at December 31, 2015.

Cost of education revenues.  Cost of education revenues consists of personnel and related overhead costs.  Cost of 
education  revenues  increased  $0.6  million  during  2017,  as  compared  to  the  prior  year,  primarily  due  to  a  $0.7 
million increase in compensation and related costs due to an increase in average staffing levels and a $0.2 million 
increase  in  dues  and  subscriptions,  partially  offset  by  a  $0.3  million  decrease  in  facility  and  other  related  support 
costs. Education headcount increased 5.1% to 41 at December 31, 2017 from 39 at December 31, 2016.

Cost  of  education  revenues  increased  $2.1  million  during  2016,  as  compared  to  the  prior  year,  primarily  due  to  a 
$0.9 million increase in compensation and related costs due to an increase in staffing levels, a $0.7 million increase 
in facility and other related support costs, and a $0.3 million increase in subcontractor costs. Education headcount 
increased 39.3% to 39 at December 31, 2016 from 28 at December 31, 2015.

Sales  and  marketing  expenses.    Sales  and  marketing  expenses  consist  of  personnel  costs,  commissions,  office 
facilities, travel, advertising, public relations programs, and promotional events, such as trade shows, seminars, and 
technical  conferences.    The  following  table  sets  forth  sales  and  marketing  expenses  (in  thousands)  and  related 
percentage changes for the periods indicated:

Sales and marketing expenses

Years Ended December 31,
2016
  $ 174,612    $ 158,740    $ 148,522     

2017

2015

    % Change  
in 2017

  % Change  
in 2016

10.0%   

6.9%

Sales and marketing expenses increased $15.9 million during 2017, as compared to the prior year, primarily due to 
an  $8.4  million  increase  in  marketing  and  advertising  costs,  a  $4.4  million  increase  in  compensation  and  related 
costs due to an increase in staffing levels, a $2.7 million increase in travel and entertainment expenditures, a $0.7 
million increase in recruiting costs, and a $0.5 million increase in facility and other related support costs, partially 
offset by a $0.7 million net decrease in share-based compensation expense related primarily to the departure of an 
executive  employee  in  the  first  quarter  of  2017,  and  a  $0.2  million  decrease  in  consulting  and  advisory  costs.  
Included  in  the  above  components  is  an  aggregate  $0.6  million  unfavorable  foreign  currency  exchange  impact.  
Sales and marketing headcount increased 11.1% to 652 at December 31, 2017 from 587 at December 31, 2016. We 
expect to increase our sales and marketing expenses in future periods as described in the “Overview” section above.

As  a  result  of  the  grant  of  stock  options  under  the  2013  Equity  Plan,  we  expect  that  share-based  compensation 
expense, a portion of which is recognized as sales and marketing expense, will continue to be a significant recurring 
expense.    As  of  December  31,  2017,  we  estimated  that  approximately  $6.6  million  of  additional  share-based 
compensation expense will be recognized as sales and marketing expense over a remaining weighted average period 
of 2.8 years.  See “Overview” and Note 11, Share-based Compensation, to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for further information regarding the 2013 Equity Plan and related share-based compensation expense.

Sales and marketing expenses increased $10.2 million during 2016, as compared to the prior year, primarily due to a 
$4.5 million increase in compensation and related costs due to an increase in staffing levels, a $1.8 million increase 
in marketing and advertising costs, a $1.0 million increase in recruiting costs, a $0.9 million increase in travel and 
entertainment expenditures, a $0.9 million increase in facility and other related support costs, a $0.7 million increase 
in  consulting  and  advisory  costs,  and  a  $0.2  million  increase  in  non-income  taxes.    Included  in  the  above 
components  is  an  aggregate  $2.0  million  favorable  foreign  currency  exchange  impact.    Sales  and  marketing 
headcount increased 14.4% to 587 at December 31, 2016 from 513 at December 31, 2015.

57

 
 
 
       
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
General  and  administrative  expenses.    General  and  administrative  expenses  consist  of  personnel  and  related 
overhead costs, and other costs of our executive, finance, human resources, information systems, and administrative 
departments,  as  well  as  third-party  consulting,  legal,  and  other  professional  fees.    The  following  table  sets  forth 
general and administrative expenses (in thousands) and related percentage changes for the periods indicated:

General and administrative expenses

Years Ended December 31,
2016
  $ 80,161    $ 79,462    $ 80,732     

2015

2017

    % Change  
in 2017

  % Change  
in 2016

0.9%   

-1.6%

General and administrative expenses increased $0.7 million during 2017, as compared to the prior year, primarily 
due  to  a  $2.5  million  net  increase  in  share-based  compensation  expense,  a  $0.6  million  increase  in  other  aircraft-
related  operating  costs,  a  $0.5  million  increase  in  recruiting  costs,  and  a  $0.3  million  increase  in  travel  and 
entertainment  expenditures,  partially  offset  by  a  $1.9  million  decrease  in  severance  costs  associated  with  the 
streamlining of our finance organization, a $0.8 million decrease in compensation and related costs due to a decrease 
in staffing levels, a $0.4 million decrease in legal, consulting, and other advisory costs, and a $0.3 million decrease 
in  facility  and  other  related  support  costs.    The  $2.5  million  net  increase  in  share-based  compensation  expense  is 
primarily due to the inclusion, in the share-based compensation expense in the first quarter of 2016, of a reversal of 
$1.6 million of previously recorded share-based compensation expense due to pre-vesting forfeitures of certain stock 
options  of  two  executives  who  departed  during  the  2016  executive  management  reorganization,  and  the  grant  of 
stock options in 2017 under the 2013 Equity Plan. General and administrative headcount decreased 7.7% to 298 at 
December 31, 2017 from 323 at December 31, 2016.  

As  a  result  of  the  grant  of  stock  options  under  the  2013  Equity  Plan,  we  expect  that  share-based  compensation 
expense, a portion of which is recognized as general and administrative expense, will continue to be a significant 
recurring  expense.    As  of  December  31,  2017,  we  estimated  that  approximately  $9.8  million  of  additional  share-
based compensation expense will be recognized as general and administrative expense over a remaining weighted 
average  period  of  2.0  years.    See  “Overview”  and  Note  11,  Share-based  Compensation,  to  the  Consolidated 
Financial Statements for further information regarding the 2013 Equity Plan and related share-based compensation 
expense.

General and administrative expenses decreased $1.3 million during 2016, as compared to the prior year, primarily 
due to a $5.5 million net decrease in share-based compensation expense, a $1.2 million decrease in compensation 
and  related  costs  primarily  due  to  a  reduction  in  compensation  expenses  associated  with  two  executives  who 
departed during the 2016 executive management reorganization, a $0.7 million decrease in facility and other related 
support  costs,  and  a  $0.2  million  decrease  in  non-income  taxes,  partially  offset  by  a  $1.9  million  increase  in 
severance  costs  associated  with  the  streamlining  of  our  finance  organization,  a  $1.7  million  increase  in  legal, 
consulting, and other advisory costs, a $1.2 million increase in travel and entertainment expenditures, a $1.0 million 
increase in other aircraft-related operating costs, and a $0.6 million increase in recruiting costs.  The $5.5 million net 
decrease  in  share-based  compensation  expense  is  primarily  due  to  a  $1.6  million  reversal  of  previously  recorded 
share-based  compensation  expense  due  to  pre-vesting  forfeitures  of  certain  stock  options  of  two  executives  who 
departed  during  the  2016  executive  management  reorganization,  and  a  decrease  of  $4.3  million  in  share-based 
compensation no longer being recognized due to their departures.  Included in the above components is an aggregate 
$1.4 million favorable foreign currency exchange impact.  General and administrative headcount increased 4.2% to 
323 at December 31, 2016 from 310 at December 31, 2015.

58

 
 
 
       
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
Research and development expenses.  Research and development expenses consist of the personnel costs for our 
software engineering personnel, depreciation of equipment, and other related costs.  The following table summarizes 
research and development expenses and amortization of capitalized software development costs (in thousands) and 
related percentage changes for the periods indicated:

Years Ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

    % Change  
in 2017

  % Change  
in 2016

Gross research and development expenses before 
capitalized software development costs
Capitalized software development costs

Total research and development expenses
Amortization of capitalized software development 
costs included in cost of product licenses revenues   $

  $ 78,766    $ 73,142    $ 74,804     
(9,598)   
  $ 78,766    $ 73,142    $ 65,206     

0     

0     

7.7%   
0.0%   
7.7%   

-2.2%
-100.0%
12.2%

5,998    $

7,357    $

7,212     

-18.5%   

2.0%

Research  and  development  expenses,  before  capitalization  of  software  development  costs,  increased  $5.6  million 
during  2017,  as  compared  to  the  prior  year,  primarily  due  to  a  $2.5  million  increase  in  compensation  and  related 
costs due to an increase in staffing levels, a $1.0 million increase in facility and other related support costs, a $0.8 
million increase in consulting and advisory costs, a $0.6 million net increase in share-based compensation expense 
related  to  the  grant  of  stock  options  under  the  2013  Equity  Plan,  a  $0.2  million  increase  in  employee  relations 
expenses,  and  a  $0.2  million  increase  in  travel  and  entertainment  expenditures.    Research  and  development 
headcount increased 9.2% to 559 at December 31, 2017 from 512 at December 31, 2016. We expect to increase our 
investment in our technology products and personnel in future periods as described in the “Overview” section above.  
We have significantly accelerated the pace of our software development efforts and increased the frequency of our 
software  releases  subsequent  to  the  release  of  MicroStrategy  10,  which  has  resulted  in  our  software  development 
costs in recent periods being expensed as incurred.  We do not expect to capitalize a material amount of software 
development costs in the near term. 

As  a  result  of  the  grant  of  stock  options  under  the  2013  Equity  Plan,  we  expect  that  share-based  compensation 
expense,  a  portion  of  which  is  recognized  as  research  and  development  expense,  will  continue  to  be  a  significant 
recurring  expense.    As  of  December  31,  2017,  we  estimated  that  approximately  $3.4  million  of  additional  share-
based  compensation  expense  will  be  recognized  as  research  and  development  expense  over  a  remaining  weighted 
average  period  of  2.3  years.    See  “Overview”  and  Note  11,  Share-based  Compensation,  to  the  Consolidated 
Financial Statements for further information regarding the 2013 Equity Plan and related share-based compensation 
expense.

Research  and  development  expenses,  before  capitalization  of  software  development  costs,  decreased  $1.7  million 
during 2016, as compared to the prior year, primarily due to a $0.8 million decrease in compensation and related 
costs, a $0.6 million decrease in facility and other related support costs, and a $0.3 million decrease in consulting 
and  advisory  costs,  partially  offset  by  a  $0.2  million  increase  in  travel  and  entertainment  expenditures.    Research 
and development headcount increased 11.1% to 512 at December 31, 2016 from 461 at December 31, 2015.

Other (Expense) Income, Net

Other (expense) income, net is comprised primarily of foreign currency transaction gains and losses and gains and 
losses on our foreign currency forward contracts.  During 2017, other expense, net, of $7.0 million was comprised 
primarily of foreign currency transaction net losses, arising mainly from the revaluation of U.S. dollar denominated 
cash  balances  held  at  international  locations.    During  2016,  other  income,  net,  of  $3.2  million  was  comprised 
primarily of foreign currency transaction net gains, arising mainly from the revaluation of U.S. dollar denominated 
cash balances held at international locations, in addition to outstanding balances denominated in the British Pound, 
which had declined in value as compared to the U.S. dollar.  During 2015, other income, net, of $3.6 million was 
comprised primarily of $2.4 million in foreign currency transaction net gains, arising mainly from the revaluation of 
U.S. dollar denominated cash balances held at international locations, $0.5 million in net gains from the settlement 
of certain foreign currency forward contracts, and the reclassification of a $0.3 million foreign currency translation 
gain  from  other  comprehensive  income  as  a  result  of  the  completion  of  the  liquidation  of  one  of  our  foreign 
subsidiaries.

59

 
 
 
       
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
Provision for Income Taxes 

During  2017,  we  recorded  a  provision  for  income  taxes  of  $55.0  million  that  resulted  in  an  effective  tax  rate  of 
75.7%, as compared to a provision for income taxes of $22.1 million that resulted in an effective tax rate of 19.6% 
during 2016.  The change in our effective tax rate in 2017, as compared to the prior year, was primarily due to an 
estimated one-time tax provision of $44.0 million as a result of the Tax Act.  This tax provision is comprised of a 
$40.3 million tax expense related to the mandatory deemed repatriation transition tax (“Transition Tax”) and a $3.7 
million charge related to the re-measurement of net deferred tax assets arising from the new lower corporate tax rate 
effected by the Tax Act.

The Tax Act imposes a Transition Tax on previously untaxed accumulated and current earnings and profits (“E&P”) 
of certain of our foreign subsidiaries. To determine the amount of the Transition Tax, we must determine, among 
other things, the amount of post-1986 E&P of the relevant subsidiaries, as well as the amount of non-U.S. income 
taxes  paid  on  such  earnings.  We  made  a  reasonable  estimate  of  the  Transition  Tax  and  recorded  a  provisional 
Transition Tax obligation of $40.3 million, of which $36.8 million is recorded in “other long-term liabilities” in our 
Consolidated Balance Sheets.  However, we continue to gather additional information to compute more precisely the 
post-1986 E&P and related non-U.S. income taxes paid. 

The Tax Act also reduced the U.S. corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%, effective January 1, 2018.  Consequently, 
we have recorded a decrease related to our U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities, with a corresponding net deferred 
income tax expense of $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 as a result of re-measuring net deferred 
tax assets at the new lower corporate tax rate of 21%. 

Additionally,  the  Tax  Act  requires  certain  Global  Intangible  Low  Taxed  Income  (“GILTI”)  earned  by  controlled 
foreign corporations (“CFCs”) to be included in the gross income of the CFCs’ U.S. shareholder.  GAAP allows us 
to either: (i) treat taxes due on future U.S. inclusions in taxable income related to GILTI as a current-period expense 
when incurred (the “period cost method”); or (ii) factor such amounts into our measurement of deferred taxes (the 
“deferred method”).  We elected the period cost method.  The GILTI tax rules will become effective for the 2018 tax 
year and therefore we have not made any adjustments related to the potential GILTI tax in our financial statements 
for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017.  We  continue  to  evaluate  the  impact  of  the  new  GILTI  tax  rules  and  the 
application of ASC 740 on our financial statements.

As of December 31, 2017, we had no U.S. federal NOL carryforwards and had foreign NOL carryforwards of $2.5 
million.  As of December 31, 2017, foreign NOL carryforwards, other temporary differences and carryforwards, and 
credits resulted in deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowances and deferred tax liabilities, of $13.4 million.  

As  of  December  31,  2017,  we  had  a valuation  allowance  of  $1.0  million  primarily  related  to  certain  foreign  tax 
credit carryforwards that, in our present estimation, more likely than not will not be realized. We assessed whether 
our  valuation  allowance  analyses  are  affected  by  various  aspects  of  the  Tax  Act  (e.g.,  deemed  repatriation  of 
deferred foreign income, GILTI inclusions, new categories of foreign tax credits) and concluded that they were not 
significantly affected by the Tax Act.

If we are unable to sustain profitability in future periods, we may be required to increase the valuation allowance 
against our deferred tax assets, which could result in a charge that would materially adversely affect net income in 
the  period  in  which  the  charge  is  incurred.  We  will  continue  to  regularly  assess  the  realizability  of  deferred  tax 
assets.

Except  as  discussed  below,  we  intend  to  indefinitely  reinvest  our  undistributed  earnings  of  all  of  our  foreign 
subsidiaries.  However, under the Tax Act, those undistributed earnings (as computed for U.S. federal income tax 
purposes,  and  with  due  regard  to  the  discussion  below  regarding  Subpart  F  deemed  dividends)  are  subject  to  the 
Transition Tax, which was recorded at a provisional amount of $40.3 million during the year ended December 31, 
2017.

In addition, U.S. federal tax laws require us to include in our U.S. taxable income certain investment income earned 
outside of the United States in excess of certain limits (“Subpart F deemed dividends”).  Because Subpart F deemed 
dividends  are  already  required  to  be  recognized  in  our  U.S.  federal  income  tax  return,  we  regularly  repatriate 

60

Subpart  F  deemed  dividends  to  the  United  States  and  no  additional  tax  is  incurred  on  the  distribution.    We 
repatriated  Subpart  F  deemed  dividends  of  $1.8  million  and  $1.9  million  in  2017  and  2016,  respectively,  with  no 
additional  tax.    We  did  not  repatriate  any  Subpart  F  deemed  dividends  in  2015  because  we  did  not  report  any 
Subpart F income on our 2014 U.S. tax return.

During 2015, we recorded a provision for income taxes of $31.9 million, resulting in an effective tax rate of 23.2%.  
The change in our effective tax rate in 2016, as compared to the prior year, was primarily due to the 2016 change in 
the proportion of U.S. versus foreign income and certain discrete tax benefits recorded in 2016.

Deferred Revenue and Advance Payments

Deferred  revenue  and  advance  payments  represent  subscription  services,  product  support,  and  other  services  fees 
that are collected in advance and recognized over the contract service period, and product licenses revenues relating 
to multiple-element software arrangements that include future deliverables.

The following table summarizes deferred revenue and advance payments (in thousands), as of:

Current:
Deferred product licenses revenue
Deferred subscription services revenue
Deferred product support revenue
Deferred other services revenue

Gross current deferred revenue and advance payments

Less: unpaid deferred revenue

Net current deferred revenue and advance payments

Non-current:
Deferred product licenses revenue
Deferred subscription services revenue
Deferred product support revenue
Deferred other services revenue

Gross non-current deferred revenue and advance payments

Less: unpaid deferred revenue

Net non-current deferred revenue and advance payments

Total current and non-current:
Deferred product licenses revenue
Deferred subscription services revenue
Deferred product support revenue
Deferred other services revenue

Gross current and non-current deferred revenue and advance 
payments

Less: unpaid deferred revenue

Net current and non-current deferred revenue and advance 
payments

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

2017

December 31,
2016

2015

11,113    $
17,324     
168,043     
9,465     
205,945     
(93,296)    
112,649    $

7,169    $
126     
4,826     
628     
12,749     
(2,568)    
10,181    $

13,023    $
18,303     
162,781     
10,015     
204,122     
(98,587)    
105,535    $

9,118    $
1,307     
5,751     
690     
16,866     
(2,951)    
13,915    $

13,506 
15,763 
158,738 
9,149 
197,156 
(96,461)
100,695 

5,397 
2,138 
7,607 
795 
15,937 
(6,942)
8,995 

18,282    $
17,450     
172,869     
10,093     

22,141    $
19,610     
168,532     
10,705     

18,903 
17,901 
166,345 
9,944 

218,694     
(95,864)    

220,988     
(101,538)    

213,093 
(103,403)

  $

122,830    $

119,450    $

109,690  

We  offset  our  accounts  receivable  and  deferred  revenue  for  any  unpaid  items  included  in  deferred  revenue  and 
advance payments.

Total gross deferred revenue and advance payments decreased $2.3 million in 2017, as compared to the prior year, 
primarily  due  to  the  recognition  of  previously  deferred  product  licenses,  subscription  services,  and  other  services 
revenues,  partially  offset  by  an  increase  in  product  support  contracts.  Total  gross  deferred  revenue  and  advance 

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
       
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
     
       
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
     
       
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
payments  increased  $7.9  million  in  2016,  as  compared  to  the  prior  year,  primarily  due  to  an  increase  in  deferred 
revenue from new product licenses, product support, subscription services, and other services contracts.

We expect to recognize approximately $205.9 million of deferred revenue and advance payments over the next 12 
months. However, the timing and ultimate recognition of our deferred revenue and advance payments depend on our 
performance of various service obligations, and the amount of deferred revenue and advance payments at any date 
should not be considered indicative of revenues for any succeeding period.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity. Our principal sources of liquidity are cash and cash equivalents and on-going collection of our accounts 
receivable.  Cash  and  cash  equivalents  include  holdings  in  bank  demand  deposits,  money  market  instruments, 
certificates  of  deposit,  and  U.S.  Treasury  securities.    We  also  periodically  invest  a  portion  of  our  excess  cash  in 
short-term investments with stated maturity dates between three months and one year from the purchase date.

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the amount of cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments held by our 
U.S. entities was $293.8 million and $279.8 million, respectively, and by our non-U.S. entities was $381.4 million 
and  $309.6  million,  respectively.    We  earn  a  significant  amount  of  our  revenues  outside  the  United  States  and, 
except for Subpart F deemed dividends, we intend to indefinitely reinvest undistributed earnings of all of our non-
U.S. entities.  We do not anticipate needing to repatriate the cash or cash equivalents held by non-U.S. entities to the 
United  States  to  finance  our  U.S.  operations.    However,  under  the  Tax  Act,  those  undistributed  earnings  (as 
computed  for  U.S.  federal  income  tax  purposes)  are  subject  to  the  Transition  Tax,  which  was  recorded  at  a 
provisional amount of $40.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2017.  We intend to elect to pay this tax 
over an eight-year period beginning in 2018.  If we were to elect to actually repatriate these amounts, after taking 
into account the Transition Tax described above, we do not expect such repatriation to generate any additional U.S. 
federal taxable income to us.

We  believe  that  existing  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  short-term  investments  held  by  us  and  cash  and  cash 
equivalents anticipated to be generated by us are sufficient to meet working capital requirements, anticipated capital 
expenditures, and contractual obligations for at least the next 12 months.

The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows (in thousands) and related percentage changes for the 
periods indicated:

Net cash provided by operating activities
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities   $

2017

Years Ended December 31,
2016
  $ 78,322    $ 110,589    $ 149,699     
  $ (69,730)  $
1,656    $

4,344    $
(1,004)  $

-29.2%   
(7,661)    -1705.2%   
-264.9%   
9,178     

    % Change  
in 2017

2015

  % Change  
in 2016

-26.1%
-156.7%
-110.9%

Net cash provided by operating activities.  The primary source of our cash provided by operating activities is cash 
collections  of  our  accounts  receivable  from  customers  following  the  sales  and  renewals  of  our  software  licenses, 
technical  software  support,  software  updates  and  upgrades,  as  well  as  consulting,  education,  and  subscription 
services.  Our  primary  uses  of  cash  in  operating  activities  are  for  personnel  related  expenditures  for  software 
development, personnel related expenditures for providing consulting, education, and subscription services, and for 
sales and marketing costs, general and administrative costs, and income taxes.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $78.3 million, $110.6 million, and $149.7 million during 2017, 2016, 
and 2015, respectively.  The decrease in net cash provided by operating activities during 2017, as compared to the 
prior year, was due to a $73.3 million decrease in net income, offset by a $36.5 million increase from changes in 
operating assets and liabilities and a $4.5 million increase from changes in non-cash items. The decrease in net cash 
provided  by  operating  activities  during  2016,  as  compared  to  the  prior  year,  was  due  to  a  $25.7  million  decrease 
from changes in non-cash items and a $15.0 million decrease in net income, offset by a $1.6 million increase from 
changes in operating assets and liabilities.  Non-cash items generally consist of depreciation and amortization, bad 

62

 
 
 
    
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
debt expense, deferred taxes, release of liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits, share-based compensation expense, 
and, in prior periods only, excess tax benefits from share-based compensation arrangements.

Net  cash  (used  in)  provided  by  investing  activities.    The  changes  in  net  cash  (used  in)  provided  by  investing 
activities  primarily  relate  to  purchases  and  redemptions  of  short-term  investments,  expenditures  on  property  and 
equipment, and capitalized software development costs.  Net cash used in investing activities was $69.7 million and 
$7.7 million during 2017 and 2015, respectively.  Net cash provided by investing activities was $4.3 million during 
2016.  The increase in net cash used in investing activities during 2017, as compared to the prior year, was due to a 
$101.5 million increase in purchases of short-term investments and a $1.6 million increase in purchases of property 
and equipment, offset by a $29.0 million increase in proceeds from the redemption of short-term investments. The 
increase in net cash provided by investing activities during 2016, as compared to the prior year, was due to a $118.8 
million  decrease  in  purchases  of  short-term  investments,  a  $9.6  million  decrease  in  capitalized  software 
development costs, and a $1.1 million decrease in purchases of property and equipment, offset by a $117.5 million 
decrease in proceeds from the redemption of short-term investments.

Net  cash  provided  by  (used  in)  financing  activities.    The  changes  in  net  cash  provided  by  (used  in)  financing 
activities primarily relate to the exercise of stock options under the 2013 Equity Plan, payments on capital lease and 
other  financing  arrangements,  and,  in  prior  periods  only,  excess  tax  benefits  from  share-based  compensation 
arrangements. Net cash provided by financing activities was $1.7 million and $9.2 million during 2017 and 2015, 
respectively. Net cash used in financing activities was $1.0 million during 2016. The increase in net cash provided 
by financing activities during 2017, as compared to the prior year, was primarily due to a $3.7 million payment in 
2016  to  tax  authorities  for  shares  withheld  for  taxes  related  to  the  net  exercise  of  a  stock  option  under  the  2013 
Equity  Plan  and  a  $0.2  million  decrease  in  payments  on  capital  lease  and  other  financing  arrangements,  partially 
offset by a $1.2 million decrease in excess tax benefits from share-based compensation arrangements. The increase 
in  net  cash  used  in  financing  activities  during  2016,  as  compared  to  the  prior  year,  was  primarily  due  to  a  $7.9 
million  decrease  in  proceeds  from  the  exercise  of  stock  options  under  the  2013  Equity  Plan,  and  a  $3.7  million 
payment to tax authorities for shares withheld for taxes related to the net exercise of a stock option under the 2013 
Equity  Plan,  partially  offset  by  a  $1.3  million  decrease  in  payments  on  capital  lease  and  other  financing 
arrangements.

Share repurchases. Our Board of Directors has authorized us to repurchase up to an aggregate of $800.0 million of 
our  class  A  common  stock  from  time  to  time  on  the  open  market  through  April  29,  2018  (the  “2005  Share 
Repurchase Program”), although the program may be suspended or discontinued by us at any time.  The timing and 
amount of any shares repurchased will be determined by management based on its evaluation of market conditions 
and other factors.  The 2005 Share Repurchase Program may be funded using working capital, as well as proceeds 
from any other funding arrangements that we may enter into in the future.  During the years ended December 31, 
2017, 2016, and 2015, we did not repurchase any shares of our class A common stock pursuant to the 2005 Share 
Repurchase Program.

Contractual  obligations.  As  disclosed  in  Note  9,  Commitments  and  Contingencies,  to  the  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements, we lease office space and computer and other equipment under operating lease agreements.  Under the 
lease agreements, in addition to base rent, we are generally responsible for certain taxes, utilities and maintenance 
costs, and other fees. Several of these leases include options for renewal or purchase.  We do not have any material 
capital leases.

As a result of the Tax Act, we estimated and recorded a one-time Transition Tax of $40.3 million during the year 
ended December 31, 2017, and intend to elect to pay this tax over an eight-year period beginning in 2018.  See Note 
10, Income Taxes, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information. 

63

The  following  table  shows  future  minimum  rent  payments  under  noncancellable  operating  leases  and  agreements 
with  initial  terms  of  greater  than  one  year,  net  of  total  future  minimum  rent  payments  to  be  received  under 
noncancellable sublease agreements, and anticipated payments related to the one-time Transition Tax resulting from 
the Tax Act, based on the expected due dates of the various installments as of December 31, 2017 (in thousands):

Total

Payments due by period ended December 31,
  2021-2022  
  2019-2020  

2018

  Thereafter  

Contractual Obligations:
Operating leases
Transition tax
Total

  $ 71,990    $ 24,508    $ 38,838    $
6,400     

4,276 
24,000 
  $ 112,240    $ 27,958    $ 45,238    $ 10,768    $ 28,276  

4,368    $
6,400     

40,250     

3,450     

The  above  table  does  not  include  estimated  payments  related  to  the  renewal  of  our  corporate  headquarters  office 
lease  in  January  2018.  See  Note  17,  Subsequent  Events,  to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  further 
information about our corporate headquarters office lease.

Unrecognized tax benefits. As of December 31, 2017, we had $4.0 million of total gross unrecognized tax benefits, 
including interest accrued, recorded in other long-term liabilities. The timing of any payments that could result from 
these unrecognized tax benefits will depend on a number of factors, and accordingly the amount and period of any 
future  payments  cannot  be  estimated.  We  do  not  expect  any  significant  tax  payments  related  to  these  obligations 
during 2018.

Off-balance sheet arrangements.  As of December 31, 2017, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements 
that had or were reasonably likely to have a current or future material impact on our financial condition, revenues or 
expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, or capital resources.

Recent Accounting Standards

Share-based compensation accounting

In March 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation 
(Topic  718):  Improvements  to  Employee  Share-Based  Payment  Accounting  (“ASU  2016-09”),  to  simplify  certain 
aspects of accounting for share-based payment transactions.  Under ASU 2016-09, all excess tax benefits should be 
recognized as income tax expense or benefit in the income statement, regardless of whether the benefit reduces taxes 
payable in the current period.  The excess tax benefits will be combined with other income tax cash flows within 
operating activities in the statement of cash flows.  In addition, excess tax benefits or tax deficiencies will no longer 
be included in the calculation of assumed proceeds under the treasury stock method of computing diluted earnings 
per share. ASU 2016-09 also allows companies to make an accounting policy election to either estimate the number 
of  awards  expected  to  vest  or  to  account  for  forfeitures  as  they  occur,  when  accruing  share-based  compensation 
expense. Lastly, ASU 2016-09 permits employers to withhold up to the employee’s maximum statutory tax rate in 
applicable jurisdictions and still qualify for the exception to liability classification. Cash paid by an employer when 
directly withholding shares for tax-withholding purposes should be classified as a financing activity in the statement 
of cash flows. We adopted this guidance on January 1, 2017 and have:

(i)

(ii)

recognized excess tax benefits as part of the “Provision for income taxes” line item in our Consolidated 
Statements of Operations, on a prospective basis.  

combined  the  impact  of  excess  tax  benefits  with  the  “Deferred  taxes”  line  item  within  operating 
activities in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, on a prospective basis.  

(iii)

excluded excess tax benefits or tax deficiencies in the calculation of our diluted earnings per share, on a 
prospective basis; and  

(iv) made an accounting policy election to account for forfeitures as they occur, on a modified retrospective 

basis, the impact of which is generally consistent with our previous method of estimating forfeitures.  

No prior periods have been adjusted in connection with our adoption of ASU 2016-09.  In addition, no cumulative-
effect  adjustments  to  retained  earnings  have  been  recorded  as  of  January  1,  2017  because  there  were  no 
unrecognized  excess tax  benefits  or  tax  deficiencies  outstanding  and no  expected  forfeitures applied to  our  share-

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
 
   
based compensation expense as of the end of the preceding year.  The remaining amendments under ASU 2016-09 
did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.

Statement of cash flows

In November 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 
230):  Restricted  Cash  (a  consensus  of  the  FASB  Emerging  Issues  Task  Force)  (“ASU  2016-18”),  to  address  the 
diversity in practice that currently exists regarding the classification and presentation of changes in restricted cash 
on  the  statement  of  cash  flows.  Under  ASU  2016-18,  entities  will  be  required  to  include  restricted  cash  and 
restricted cash equivalents with total cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning and end of period 
amounts on the statement of cash flows. Entities will also be required to disclose information about the nature of 
their  restricted  cash  and  restricted  cash  equivalents.  Additionally,  if  cash,  cash  equivalents,  restricted  cash  and 
restricted cash equivalents are presented in more than one line item in the statement of financial position, entities 
will be required to present a reconciliation, either on the face of the statement of cash flows or disclosed in the notes, 
of the totals in the statement of cash flows to the related line item captions in the statement of financial position. We 
adopted  this  guidance  on  January  1,  2017  and  retrospectively  applied  the  required  updates  to  our  Consolidated 
Statements of Cash Flows for all periods presented. We do not consider our restricted cash balances to be material 
for  further  disclosure  or  reconciliation.  The  adoption  of  this  guidance  did  not  impact  our  consolidated  financial 
position, results of operations, or footnote disclosures.

Revenue from contracts with customers 

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers 
(Topic 606) (“ASU 2014-09”), which supersedes nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance.  The standard’s 
core principle is that an entity should recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers 
in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or 
services.  The standard also requires disclosure of additional information to enable users of financial statements to 
understand  the  nature,  amount,  timing,  and  uncertainty  of  revenue  and  cash  flows  arising  from  contracts  with 
customers.

We  will  adopt  this  guidance  and  its  subsequent  amendments  effective  as  of  January  1,  2018  and  will  adjust  prior 
period consolidated financial statements to reflect full retrospective adoption, beginning with the Quarterly Report 
on  Form  10-Q  for  the  first  quarter  of  2018.    We  have  substantially  completed  the  implementation  of  key  system 
changes  and  changes  to  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting  to  allow  us  to  timely  compile  the  information 
needed to account for transactions under this new guidance and to adjust our prior periods’ consolidated financial 
statements. 

In adopting ASU 2014-09, we expect the following significant changes in accounting principles:

(i)

(ii)

Timing of revenue recognition for term license sales. Under ASU 2014-09, we will recognize product 
license  revenue  from  term  licenses  upon  delivery  of  the  software.    Previously,  this  revenue  was 
recognized over the term of the arrangement.

Timing of revenue recognition for sales to channel partners.  Under ASU 2014-09, we will recognize 
revenue from sales made to resellers and OEMs when control of the products transfers to the reseller or 
OEM, less adjustments for returns or price protection.  Previously, this revenue was not recognized until 
the product was sold by the reseller or OEM to the end user.

(iii) Allocating the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract.  Under ASU 2014-09, 
we  will  allocate  the  transaction  price  to  the  various  performance  obligations  in  the  contract  based  on 
their relative standalone selling price (“SSP”).  Except for SSP of product support, our methodologies 
for estimating SSP of our various performance obligations will be generally consistent with our previous 
methodologies  used  to  establish  VSOE  of  fair  value  on  multiple  element  arrangements.    The  SSP  of 
product  support  will  result  in  a  difference  in  the  allocation  of  the  transaction  price  between  product 
support and product license performance obligations. We expect the impact from SSP-based allocations 
to be immaterial to the financial statements.

65

(iv) Material  rights.  Our  contracts  with  customers  may  include  options  to  acquire  additional  goods  and 
services at a discount.  Under ASU 2014-09, certain of these options may be considered material rights 
if  sold  below  SSP  and  would  be  treated  as  separate  performance  obligations  and  included  in  the 
allocation of the transaction price. Previously, none of our options were considered material rights. We 
expect the impact from material rights to be immaterial to the financial statements.

(v)

Presentation of accounts receivable, contract assets, and contract liabilities (deferred revenue). Under 
ASU  2014-09,  our  rights  to  consideration  are  presented  separately  depending  on  whether  those  rights 
are conditional or unconditional. We will present our unconditional rights to consideration as “accounts 
receivable”  in  our  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.  In  contrast,  separate  “contract  assets”  will  represent 
rights  to  consideration  that  are  subject  to  a  condition  other  than  the  passage  of  time,  and  will  be 
comprised primarily of accrued sales- and usage- based royalty revenue.  Previously, this revenue was 
not recognized until quarterly royalty reporting had been received from the OEM.  Under ASU 2014-09, 
once  quarterly  royalty  reporting  has  been  received,  the  related  contract  assets  will  be  transferred  to 
accounts receivable.  Current and non-current contract assets will be included under “Prepaid expenses 
and  other  current  assets”  and  “Deposits  and  other  assets,”  respectively,  on  our  Consolidated  Balance 
Sheets.    Further,  contract  assets  will  be  netted  against  “contract  liabilities”  at  the  contract  level.  
Contract liabilities will be presented as “deferred revenue” on our Consolidated Balance Sheets and will 
be comprised of consideration received, or accounts receivable recorded, prior to the transfer of goods 
or  services  to  the  customer.    Under  ASU  2014-09,  we  cannot  net  accounts  receivable  with  deferred 
revenue and we will no longer offset our accounts receivable and deferred revenue balances for unpaid 
items that are included in the deferred revenue balance. Previously, this offsetting of accounts receivable 
and deferred revenue balances for unpaid amounts was applied in our financial statements. 

(vi) Deferral of incremental direct costs to obtaining a contract with a customer.  Under ASU 2014-09, we 
will  capitalize  certain  variable  compensation  (i.e.,  sales  commissions)  payable  to  our  sales  force  and 
subsequently amortize the capitalized costs over a period of time that is consistent with the transfer of 
the  related  good  or  service  to  the  customer,  which  we  have  determined  to  be  three  years.  Capitalized 
costs,  net  of  accumulated  amortization,  will  be  included  in  “Deposits  and  other  assets”  on  our 
Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.    Previously,  we  elected  to  expense  these  incremental  direct  costs  as 
incurred. 

We currently estimate the adoption of ASU 2014-09 will increase our 2016 beginning retained earnings balance by 
approximately $13.0 million, offset by a $13.0 million decrease in gross deferred revenues, a $5.0 million decrease 
in deferred tax assets, net of deferred tax liabilities, a $4.0 million increase in other non-current assets, and a $1.0 
million  increase  in  other  current  assets.    In  addition,  net  accounts  receivable  and  net  deferred  revenues  as  of 
December  31,  2017  and  2016  will  each  further  increase  by  approximately  $95.9  million  and  $101.5  million, 
respectively, due to no longer offsetting these balances for unpaid amounts included in the gross deferred revenue 
balances.    For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2017  and  2016,  we  estimate  $2.5  million  and  $3.0  million, 
respectively,  of  previously  expensed  variable  compensation  will  be  capitalized  and  amortized  over  a  three-year 
period.    We  estimate  that  product  licenses  revenues  will  decrease  by  approximately  $0.5  million  and  increase  by 
approximately $1.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  We also estimate our 
provision for income taxes will decrease by approximately $1.5 million and increase by approximately $0.5 million 
for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

Intra-entity asset transfers

In  October  2016,  the  FASB  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  No.  2016-16,  Income  Taxes  (Topic  740):  Intra-
Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory (“ASU 2016-16”), to improve the accounting for income tax effects 
of  intra-entity  transfers  of  assets  other  than  inventory.  Under  ASU  2016-16,  the  deferral  of  the  income  tax 
consequences  of  intra-entity  transfers  of  assets  other  than  inventory  is  eliminated.  Entities  will  be  required  to 
recognize  the  income  tax  consequences  of  intra-entity  transfers  of  assets  other  than  inventory  when  the  transfers 
occur. The standard requires a cumulative-effect adjustment directly to retained earnings as of the beginning of the 
period of adoption using a modified retrospective approach. We will adopt this guidance effective as of January 1, 
2018. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, 
results of operations, or cash flows. 

66

Lease accounting

In February 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASU 2016-
02”), which requires lease assets and lease liabilities be recognized for all leases, in addition to the disclosure of key 
information  to  enable  users  of  financial  statements  to  assess  the  amount,  timing,  and  uncertainty  of  cash  flows 
arising from an entity’s leasing arrangements.  ASU 2016-02 defines a lease as a contract, or part of a contract, that 
conveys both (i) the right to obtain economic benefits from and (ii) direct the use of an identified asset for a period 
of  time  in  exchange  for  consideration.    Under  ASU  2016-02,  leases  are  classified  as  either  finance  or  operating 
leases. For finance leases, a lessee shall recognize in profit or loss the amortization of the lease asset and interest on 
the lease liability.  For operating leases, a lessee shall recognize in profit or loss a single lease cost, calculated so that 
the remaining cost of the lease is allocated over the remaining lease term, generally on a straight-line basis.  ASU 
2016-02 requires the recognition and measurement of leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a 
modified retrospective approach and is effective for interim and annual periods beginning January 1, 2019.  Early 
adoption  is  permitted.  We  are  currently  evaluating  the  impact  of  this  guidance  on  our  consolidated  financial 
position, results of operations, and cash flows. 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

The following discussion about our market risk exposures involves forward-looking statements. Actual results could 
differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements.

We are exposed to the impact of both interest rate changes and foreign currency fluctuations.

Interest  Rate  Risk.    We  face  exposure  to  changes  in  interest  rates  primarily  relating  to  our  investments.  We 
generally  invest  our  excess  cash  in  short-term,  highly-rated,  fixed-rate  financial  instruments.  These  fixed-rate 
instruments are subject to interest rate risk and may fall in value if interest rates increase. We do not hold or invest in 
these fixed-rate instruments for trading purposes or speculation.  As of December 31, 2017, we held approximately 
$254.9  million  of  investments  in  U.S.  Treasury  securities  and  certificates  of  deposit  with  stated  maturity  dates 
between three months and one year from the purchase date, and we intend to hold these investments until maturity.

Foreign Currency Risk.  We conduct a significant portion of our business in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, 
the  currency  in  which  we  report  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements.   International  revenues  accounted  for 
41.9%,  39.3%,  and  38.3%  of  our  total  revenues  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2017,  2016,  and  2015, 
respectively.  We anticipate that international revenues will continue to account for a significant portion of our total 
revenues. The functional currency of each of our foreign subsidiaries is the local currency.

Assets and liabilities of our foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect as of the 
applicable  balance  sheet  date  and  any  resulting  translation  adjustments  are  included  as  an  adjustment  to 
stockholders’  equity.   Revenues  and  expenses  generated  from  these  subsidiaries  are  translated  at  average  monthly 
exchange  rates  during  the  quarter  in  which  the  transactions  occur.   Gains  and  losses  from  transactions  in  local 
currencies are included in net income.

As a result of transacting in multiple currencies and reporting our financial statements in U.S. dollars, our operating 
results  may  be  adversely  impacted  by  currency  exchange  rate  fluctuations  in  the  future.    The  impact  of  foreign 
currency  exchange  rate  fluctuations  on  current  and  comparable  periods  is  described  in  Item 7,  “Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

We  cannot  predict  the  effect  of  exchange  rate  fluctuations  upon  our  future  results.   We  attempt  to  minimize  our 
foreign  currency  risk  by  converting  our  excess  foreign  currency  held  in  foreign  jurisdictions  to  U.S.  dollar 
denominated cash and investment accounts.  Although we were not party to any foreign currency forward contracts 
as  of  December  31,  2017,  from  time  to  time  we  have  entered  into  foreign  currency  forward  contracts  to  hedge 
certain  risks  associated  with  foreign  currency  exchange  rate  exposure,  and  may  do  so  again  in  the  future.  We 
manage  the  use  of  foreign  exchange  derivative  instruments  centrally,  and  we  do  not  hold  or  enter  into  derivative 
financial  instruments  for  trading  purposes  or  speculation.    See  Note  4,  Fair  Value  Measurements,  to  the 
Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  further  information  on  foreign  currency  forward  contracts.    We  cannot  be 

67

certain  that  any  future  hedging  techniques  will  be  successful  or  that  our  business,  results  of  operations,  financial 
condition, and cash flows will not be materially adversely affected by exchange rate fluctuations.

As of December 31, 2017, a 10% adverse change in foreign currency exchange rates versus the U.S. dollar would 
have  decreased  our  aggregate  reported  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  short-term  investments  by  0.3%.  If  average 
exchange rates during the year ended December 31, 2017 had changed unfavorably by 10%, our revenues for the 
year  ended  December  31,  2017  would  have  decreased  by  3.9%.    During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017,  our 
revenues  were  higher  by  0.5%  as  a  result  of  a  1.0%  favorable  change  in  weighted  average  exchange  rates,  as 
compared to the prior year.

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Our Consolidated Financial Statements, together with the related notes and the associated Reports of Independent 
Registered Public Accounting Firm, are set forth on the pages indicated in Item 15.

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the 
effectiveness  of  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e)  under  the 
Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report.  Management recognizes that any controls 
and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their 
objectives, and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible 
controls and procedures.  Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance of 
achieving their control objectives.  Based on the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end 
of  the  period  covered  by  this  Annual  Report,  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  concluded 
that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. 
Internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  defined  in  Rules  13a-15(f)  and  15d-15(f)  promulgated  under  the 
Exchange  Act  as  a  process  designed  by,  or  under  the  supervision  of,  the  Company’s  principal  executive  and 
principal financial officers and effected by the Company’s Board of Directors, management, and other personnel, to 
provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial 
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  Such internal control 
includes those policies and procedures that:

•

•

•

Pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that  in  reasonable  detail  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the 
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;

Provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of 
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and 
expenditures  of  the  Company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management 
and directors of the Company; and

Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, 
or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  
Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that the control may become 

68

inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may 
deteriorate.

Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017.  
In  making  this  assessment,  our  management  used  the  criteria  set  forth  in  Internal  Control-Integrated  Framework 
(2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).  Based on its 
assessment,  our  management  has  determined  that,  as  of  December  31,  2017,  our  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting is effective based on those criteria.

KPMG LLP has issued an attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting.  This report is included 
in the Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm in Item 15.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

During the third quarter of 2016, we began implementing a plan to transform our worldwide finance and accounting 
organization.  Previously,  our  finance  and  accounting  activities  relating  to  each  of  the  countries  where  we  operate 
were decentralized, and conducted by personnel based within each respective country. As of the end of the second 
quarter  of  2017,  we  had  completed  this  transformation.  The  transformation  resulted  in  the  consolidation  of  our 
worldwide finance and accounting functions into three geographically based centers of excellence. While the nature 
and operation of our key transaction-level controls did not materially change as a result of the transformation, the 
personnel  executing  the  controls  and  the  locations  where  the  controls  are  performed  have  changed.  Additionally, 
during the second quarter of 2017, we implemented a new professional service automation system to track billable 
time  used  to  invoice  customers,  as  well  as  process  internal  business  travel  and  entertainment  expenses.  The 
implementation of this new system did not change the underlying internal controls. 

Throughout 2017, in order to facilitate our adoption of the new revenue recognition accounting standard on January 
1, 2018, we implemented internal controls to help ensure we properly evaluated our customer contracts, executed 
key  system  changes,  and  assessed  the  impact  to  our  consolidated  financial  statements.  We  expect  to  continue  to 
implement additional internal controls related to the adoption of this standard in the first quarter of 2018.

We also continue to evaluate the impact of the Tax Act on our internal controls over financial reporting, but do not 
currently  expect  this  new  legislation  will  require  us  to  make  significant  changes  to  our  existing  internal  controls 
related to income taxes.

We believe that we have maintained appropriate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-
15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

69

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The  information  required  by  this  Item  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  information  provided  under  the 
headings  “Executive  Officers  of  the  Company,”  “Election  of  Directors  –  Nominees,”  and  “Corporate  Governance 
and the Board of Directors and its Committees” in our definitive proxy statement to be filed with the SEC not later 
than 120 days after the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 (the “2018 Proxy Statement”).

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

The  information  required  by  this  Item  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  information  provided  under  the 
headings “Executive and Director Compensation,” “Compensation Committee Report,” and “Corporate Governance 
and the Board of Directors and its Committees – Compensation Committee” in the 2018 Proxy Statement.

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 
Matters

The  information  required  by  this  Item  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  information  provided  under  the 
headings  “Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management,”  and  “Executive  and  Director 
Compensation” in the 2018 Proxy Statement.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The  information  required  by  this  Item  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  information  provided  under  the 
heading “Corporate Governance and the Board of Directors and its Committees” in the 2018 Proxy Statement.

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The  information  required  by  this  Item  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  information  provided  under  the 
heading “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Fees and Services” in the 2018 Proxy Statement.

70

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a)

The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

1. Consolidated Financial Statements

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Financial Statements:

Balance Sheets

Statements of Operations

Statements of Comprehensive Income

Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Exhibits

3. Consolidated Financial Statement Schedule

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

(b)

Exhibits

Page
72

75

76

77

78

79

80

103

106

We hereby file as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K the exhibits listed in the Index to Exhibits.

(c)

Financial Statement Schedule

The following financial statement schedule is filed herewith:

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

All  other  items  included  in  an  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  are  omitted  because  they  are  not  applicable  or  the 
answers thereto are none. 

71

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the stockholders and board of directors

MicroStrategy Incorporated:

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We  have  audited  MicroStrategy  Incorporated  and  subsidiaries’  (the  “Company”)  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting  as  of  December  31,  2017,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  —  Integrated  Framework 
(2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission.  In  our  opinion,  the 
Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 
2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the related 
consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the 
years  in  the  three-year  period  ended  December  31,  2017,  the  related  notes,  and  the  financial  statement  schedule 
listed  in  the  index  appearing  under  Item  15(a)(3)  (collectively,  the  “consolidated  financial  statements”),  and  our 
report dated February 7, 2018 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

Basis for Opinion

The  Company’s  management  is  responsible  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  and 
for  its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  included  in  the  accompanying 
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on 
the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  our  audit.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm 
registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the 
U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and 
the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and 
perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting 
was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an 
understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  assessing  the  risk  that  a  material  weakness  exists,  and 
testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit 
also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that 
our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in 
accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting 
includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail, 
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable 
assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance 
with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  company  are  being  made 
only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable 
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s 
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

72

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. 
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become 
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may 
deteriorate.

/s/ KPMG LLP

McLean, Virginia
February 7, 2018

73

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the stockholders and board of directors

MicroStrategy Incorporated:

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of MicroStrategy Incorporated and subsidiaries (the 
“Company”) as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive 
income,  stockholders’  equity,  and  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  years  in  the  three  year  period  ended  December  31, 
2017,  the  related  notes,  and  the  financial  statement  schedule  listed  in  the  index  appearing  under  Item  15(a)(3) 
(collectively, the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present 
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the 
results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2017, in 
conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States)  (“PCAOB”),  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2017,  based  on 
criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 
Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission,  and  our  report  dated  February  7,  2018  expressed  an  unqualified 
opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is 
to  express  an  opinion  on  these  consolidated  financial  statements  based  on  our  audits.  We  are  a  public  accounting 
firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with 
the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission 
and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and 
perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free  of 
material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks 
of  material  misstatement  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and  performing 
procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the 
amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting 
principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the 
consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ KPMG LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2013.

McLean, Virginia
February 7, 2018

74

MICROSTRATEGY INCORPORATED
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except per share data)

  December 31,

  December 31,

2017

2016

Assets

Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Restricted cash
Short-term investments
Accounts receivable, net
Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Total current assets

Property and equipment, net
Capitalized software development costs, net
Deposits and other assets
Deferred tax assets, net

Total assets

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

Current liabilities:

Accounts payable and accrued expenses
Accrued compensation and employee benefits
Deferred revenue and advance payments, net

Total current liabilities

Deferred revenue and advance payments, net
Other long-term liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities
Total liabilities

Commitments and Contingencies
Stockholders’ Equity

  $

  $

  $

Preferred stock undesignated, $0.001 par value; 5,000 shares authorized; no shares 
issued or outstanding
Class A common stock, $0.001 par value; 330,000 shares authorized; 15,817 
shares issued and 9,412 shares outstanding, and 15,805 shares issued and 9,400 
shares outstanding, respectively
Class B convertible common stock, $0.001 par value; 165,000 shares authorized; 
2,035 shares issued and outstanding, and 2,035 shares issued and outstanding, 
respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Treasury stock, at cost; 6,405 shares
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Retained earnings

Total stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $

420,244    $
938   
254,927   
69,500   
18,002   
763,611   
53,359   
2,499   
2,868   
13,391   
835,728    $

30,711    $
41,498   
112,649   
184,858   
10,181   
50,146   
4   
245,189   

0   

16   

2   
559,918   
(475,184)  
(5,968)  
511,755   
590,539   
835,728    $

401,975 
737 
187,408 
83,319 
11,548 
684,987 
57,436 
8,497 
5,695 
11,704 
768,319 

36,628 
43,323 
105,535 
185,486 
13,915 
16,447 
294 
216,142 

0 

16 

2 
543,974 
(475,184)
(10,743)
494,112 
552,177 
768,319  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MICROSTRATEGY INCORPORATED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, except per share data)

Revenues:

Product licenses
Subscription services

Total product licenses and subscription services

  $

Product support
Other services

Total revenues

Cost of revenues:

Product licenses
Subscription services

Total product licenses and subscription services

Product support
Other services

Total cost of revenues

Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Sales and marketing
Research and development
General and administrative
Restructuring costs

Total operating expenses

Income from operations
Interest income, net
Other (expense) income, net

Income before income taxes
Provision for income taxes

Net income
Basic earnings per share (1)
Weighted average shares outstanding used in computing basic 
earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share (1)
Weighted average shares outstanding used in computing diluted 
earnings per share

  $

  $

Years Ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

93,969    $
32,368     
126,337     
289,174     
89,032     
504,543     

7,176     
13,435     
20,611     
17,481     
58,557     
96,649     
407,894     

174,612     
78,766     
80,161     
0     
333,539     
74,355     
5,205     
(6,953)    
72,607     
54,964     
17,643     
1.54    $

113,503    $
30,574     
144,077     
285,079     
83,005     
512,161     

8,573     
12,765     
21,338     
15,001     
56,808     
93,147     
419,014     

158,740     
73,142     
79,462     
45     
311,389     
107,625     
2,203     
3,218     
113,046     
22,138     
90,908     
7.96    $

119,143 
27,839 
146,982 
281,740 
101,147 
529,869 

8,118 
13,051 
21,169 
12,748 
67,191 
101,108 
428,761 

148,522 
65,206 
80,732 
279 
294,739 
134,022 
284 
3,558 
137,864 
31,933 
105,931 
9.33 

11,444     
1.53    $

11,425     
7.89    $

11,355 
9.18 

11,547     

11,516     

11,539  

(1) Basic and fully diluted earnings per share for class A and class B common stock are the same.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
       
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
     
       
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     
       
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
MICROSTRATEGY INCORPORATED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(in thousands)

Net income
Other comprehensive gain (loss), net of applicable taxes:

Foreign currency translation adjustment
Less: reclassification adjustment for translation gain included 
in other income
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net
Unrealized (loss) gain on short-term investments

Total other comprehensive gain (loss)

Comprehensive income

Years Ended December 31,
2016

2017

  $

17,643    $

90,908    $

2015
105,931 

4,805     

(3,347)    

(3,018)

0     
4,805     
(30)    
4,775     
22,418    $

0     
(3,347)    
12     
(3,335)    
87,573    $

280 
(2,738)
(27)
(2,765)
103,166  

  $

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
       
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
d
e
t
a
l
u
m
u
c
c
A

r
e
h
t
O

l
a
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A

e
l
b
i
t
r
e
v
n
o
C

A
s
s
a
l
C

B
s
s
a
l
) C
s
d
n
a
s
u
o
h
t
n

i
(

D
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C
N
I
Y
G
E
T
A
R
T
S
O
R
C
I
M

Y
T
I
U
Q
E

’
S
R
E
D
L
O
H
K
C
O
T
S
F
O
S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
D
E
T
A
D
I
L
O
S
N
O
C

d
e
n
i
a
t
e
R

s
g
n
i
n
r
a
E

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
C

k
c
o
t
S
y
r
u
s
a
e
r
T

)
s
s
o
L

(

e
m
o
c
n
I

t
n
u
o
m
A

s
e
r
a
h
S

n
i
-
d
i
a
P

l
a
t
i
p
a
C

3
7
2
,
7
9
2

$

)
3
6
3
,
4
(

$

)
4
8
1
,
5
7
4
(
$

)
5
0
4
,
6
(

7
2
7
,
6
0
5

$

1
3
9
,
5
0
1

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

)
0
8
2
(

)
5
6
7
,
2
(

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

9
2
5
,
9

6
9
0
,
1

9
9
2
,
7
1

4
0
2
,
3
0
4

$

)
8
0
4
,
7
(

$

)
4
8
1
,
5
7
4
(
$

)
5
0
4
,
6
(

1
5
6
,
4
3
5

$

8
0
9
,
0
9

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

)
5
3
3
,
3
(

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

3
6
6
,
1

4
4
2
,
1

7
1
8
,
1
1

)
9
3
7
,
3
(

)
2
6
6
,
1
(

2
1
1
,
4
9
4

$

)
3
4
7
,
0
1
(

$

)
4
8
1
,
5
7
4
(
$

)
5
0
4
,
6
(

4
7
9
,
3
4
5

$

0

0

0

3
4
6
,
7
1

0

0

0

5
7
7
,
4

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

7
7
6
,
1

7
6
2
,
4
1

5
5
7
,
1
1
5

$

)
8
6
9
,
5
(

$

)
4
8
1
,
5
7
4
(
$

)
5
0
4
,
6
(

8
1
9
,
9
5
5

$

2

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

2

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

2

0

0

0

0

2

k
c
o
t
S
n
o
m
m
o
C

k
c
o
t
S
n
o
m
m
o
C

t
n
u
o
m
A

s
e
r
a
h
S

t
n
u
o
m
A

s
e
r
a
h
S

l
a
t
o
T

$

5
5
0
,
2

6
1

$

0
6
6
,
5
1

1
7
4
,
4
2
3

$

0

0

0

)
0
2
(

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0
2

1
9

0

0

0

)
0
8
2
(

)
5
6
7
,
2
(

1
3
9
,
5
0
1

9
2
5
,
9

6
9
0
,
1

9
9
2
,
7
1

$

5
3
0
,
2

6
1

$

1
7
7
,
5
1

1
8
2
,
5
5
4

$

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

4
3

0

0

0

0

)
5
3
3
,
3
(

8
0
9
,
0
9

3
6
6
,
1

4
4
2
,
1

7
1
8
,
1
1

)
9
3
7
,
3
(

n
o
i
t
p
o

k
c
o
t
s

r
e
d
n
u

k
c
o
t
s

n
o
m
m
o
c
A
s
s
a
l
c

f
o
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I

k
c
o
t
s

n
o
m
m
o
c
A
s
s
a
l
c

o
t

B
s
s
a
l
c

f
o

n
o
i
s
r
e
v
n
o
C

e
m
o
c
n
i

r
e
h
t
o

o
t

d
e
i
f
i
s
s
a
l
c
e
r

n
i
a
g

n
o
i
t
a
l
s
n
a
r
T

5
1
0
2

,
1

y
r
a
u
n
a
J

t
a
e
c
n
a
l
a
B

s
s
o
l

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

r
e
h
t
O

e
m
o
c
n
i

t
e
N

s
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
e

n
o
i
t
p
o

k
c
o
t
s

f
o

t
c
e
f
f
e

x
a
T

e
s
n
e
p
x
e

n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c

d
e
s
a
b
-
e
r
a
h
S

5
1
0
2

,
1
3

r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

t
a
e
c
n
a
l
a
B

s
n
a
l
p

s
s
o
l

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

r
e
h
t
O

e
m
o
c
n
i

t
e
N

e
e
y
o
l
p
m
e

f
o
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
e

t
e
n

o
t

g
n
i
t
a
l
e
r

s
e
x
a
t

f
o

t
n
e
m
y
a
P

s
n
o
i
t
p
o

k
c
o
t
s

n
o
i
t
p
o

k
c
o
t
s

r
e
d
n
u

k
c
o
t
s

n
o
m
m
o
c
A
s
s
a
l
c

f
o
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I

s
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
e

n
o
i
t
p
o

k
c
o
t
s

f
o

t
c
e
f
f
e

x
a
T

e
s
n
e
p
x
e

n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c

d
e
s
a
b
-
e
r
a
h
S

78

s
n
a
l
p

$

5
3
0
,
2

6
1

$

5
0
8
,
5
1

7
7
1
,
2
5
5

$

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

2
1

5
7
7
,
4

3
4
6
,
7
1

7
7
6
,
1

7
6
2
,
4
1

$

5
3
0
,
2

6
1

$

7
1
8
,
5
1

9
3
5
,
0
9
5

$

n
o
i
t
p
o

k
c
o
t
s

r
e
d
n
u

k
c
o
t
s

n
o
m
m
o
c
A
s
s
a
l
c

f
o
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I

e
s
n
e
p
x
e

n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c

d
e
s
a
b
-
e
r
a
h
S

7
1
0
2

,
1
3

r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

t
a
e
c
n
a
l
a
B

s
n
a
l
p

6
1
0
2

,
1
3

r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

t
a
e
c
n
a
l
a
B

n
i
a
g

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

r
e
h
t
O

e
m
o
c
n
i

t
e
N

)
2
6
6
,
1
(

e
l
b
a
s
i
c
r
e
x
e

r
e
g
n
o
l

o
n

e
r
a

t
a
h
t

s
n
o
i
t
p
o

k
c
o
t
s

e
e
y
o
l
p
m
e

d
e
t
s
e
v

o
t

g
n
i
t
a
l
e
r

s
t
e
s
s
a

x
a
t

d
e
r
r
e
f
e
d

f
o

f
f
o
-
e
t
i
r

W

.
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
d
e
t
a
d
i
l
o
s
n
o
C
e
s
e
h
t

f
o

t
r
a
p

l
a
r
g
e
t
n
i

n
a

e
r
a

s
e
t
o
n

g
n
i
y
n
a
p
m
o
c
c
a

e
h
T

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MICROSTRATEGY INCORPORATED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)

Years Ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

  $

17,643    $

90,908    $

105,931 

Operating activities:
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating 
activities:

Depreciation and amortization
Bad debt expense
Unrealized net loss on foreign currency forward contracts
Non-cash restructuring costs and adjustments
Deferred taxes
Release of liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits
Share-based compensation expense
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation arrangements
Reclassification of foreign currency translation adjustment from other 
comprehensive income

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Deposits and other assets
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
Accrued compensation and employee benefits
Accrued restructuring costs
Deferred revenue and advance payments, net
Other long-term liabilities

Net cash provided by operating activities

Investing activities:

Proceeds from redemption of short-term investments
Purchases of property and equipment
Purchases of short-term investments
Capitalized software development costs

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

Financing activities:

Proceeds from sale of class A common stock under exercise of employee stock 
options
Payment of taxes relating to net exercise of employee stock options
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation arrangements
Payments on capital lease obligations and other financing arrangements

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents, and 
restricted cash
Net increase in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, beginning of year
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, end of year

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

Cash paid during the year for interest

Cash paid during the year for income taxes, net of tax refunds

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:
Assets acquired under capital lease obligations and other financing 
arrangements

  $

  $

  $

  $

12,572   
2,269   
0   
0   
(2,011)  
0   
14,267   
0   

17,195   
224   
0   
0   
(4,983)  
(394)  
11,817   
(1,244)  

0   

0   

15,348   
(4,279)  
2,981   
(9,093)  
(3,683)  
0   
(1,609)  
33,917   
78,322   

390,720   
(3,982)  
(456,468)  
0   
(69,730)  

1,677   
0   
0   
(21)  
1,656   

(16,878)  
(880)  
(4,059)  
6,981   
3,787   
(58)  
11,238   
(3,065)  
110,589   

361,680   
(2,337)  
(354,999)  
0   
4,344   

1,663   
(3,739)  
1,244   
(172)  
(1,004)  

8,222   
18,470   
402,712   
421,182    $

(4,176)  
109,753   
292,959   
402,712    $

0    $

2    $

29,279    $

24,332    $

21,214 
884 
1,641 
(136)
9,666 
(899)
17,299 
(1,096)

(280)

5,003 
4,446 
1,631 
1,904 
(8,387)
(1,922)
(4,176)
(3,024)
149,699 

479,200 
(3,484)
(473,779)
(9,598)
(7,661)

9,529 
0 
1,096 
(1,447)
9,178 

(5,837)
145,379 
147,580 
292,959 

34 

13,346 

0    $

0    $

14  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
MICROSTRATEGY INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(1) Organization 

MicroStrategy is a worldwide provider of enterprise analytics and mobility software. The Company’s mission is to 
provide enterprise customers with world-class software and expert services so they can deploy unique intelligence 
applications. 

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

(a) Basis of Presentation

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries.  All 
significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

As  discussed  in  Note  3,  Recent  Accounting  Standards,  to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  the  Company 
adopted  ASU  2016-18  effective  January  1,  2017  and  has  retroactively  applied  the  required  updates  to  its 
Consolidated  Statements  of  Cash  Flows  for  all  periods  presented.  As  a  result  of  the  adoption  of  ASU  2016-18, 
changes  in  restricted  cash  have  been  removed  from  investing  activities  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Cash 
Flows;  instead,  restricted  cash  has  been  included  with  total  cash  and  cash  equivalents  when  reconciling  the 
beginning and end of period amounts.

(b) Use of Estimates

The  preparation  of  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally 
accepted  in  the  United  States  of  America,  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  judgments  that  affect  the 
amounts  reported  in  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  accompanying  notes.  On  an  on-going  basis,  the 
Company evaluates its estimates, including, but not limited to, those related to revenue recognition, allowance for 
doubtful  accounts,  investments,  derivative  financial  instruments,  software  development  costs,  fixed  assets, 
intangible assets, variable compensation, share-based compensation, income taxes, including the carrying value of 
deferred tax assets, and litigation and contingencies, including liabilities that the Company deems not probable of 
assertion.  The  Company  bases  its  estimates  on  historical  experience  and  on  various  other  assumptions  that  are 
believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about 
the carrying value of assets, liabilities, and equity that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results and 
outcomes could differ from these estimates and assumptions.

(c) Fair Value Measurements

The Company measures certain assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis.  Fair value is defined as the 
price that is expected to be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between 
market participants at the measurement date.  The Company uses a three-level hierarchy that prioritizes fair value 
measurements based on the types of inputs used for the various valuation techniques.  The three levels of the fair 
value hierarchy are described below:

Level 1:

Quoted  (unadjusted)  prices  in  active  markets  that  are  accessible  at  the  measurement  date  for 

identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.

Level 2:

Inputs  other  than  quoted  prices  that  are  either  directly  or  indirectly  observable,  such  as  quoted 
prices in active  markets for  similar assets  or liabilities, quoted prices for identical or  similar assets  or 
liabilities in inactive markets, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable 
market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3:

Inputs  that  are  generally  unobservable,  supported  by  little  or  no  market  activity,  and  typically 
reflect management’s estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or 
liability.

80

MICROSTRATEGY INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The categorization of an asset or liability within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is 
significant  to  the  fair  value  measurement.    The  valuation  techniques  used  by  the  Company  when  measuring  fair 
value maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.

The  Company  also  estimates  the  fair  value  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  restricted  cash,  accounts  receivable, 
accounts payable and accrued expenses, and accrued compensation and employee benefits.  The Company considers 
the  carrying  value  of  these  instruments  in  the  financial  statements  to  approximate  fair  value  due  to  their  short 
maturities.

(d) Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

Cash  equivalents  include  bank  demand  deposits,  money  market  instruments,  certificates  of  deposit, U.S. Treasury 
securities,  and  equivalent  funds.  The  Company  generally  considers  all  highly  liquid  investments  with  an  original 
maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Restricted cash consists of cash balances restricted in use by 
contractual obligations with third parties.

(e) Short-term Investments

The  Company  periodically  invests  a  portion  of  its  excess  cash  in  short-term  investment  instruments.    All  highly 
liquid  investments  with  stated  maturity  dates  between  three  months  and  one  year  from  the  purchase  date  are 
classified  as  short-term  investments.  The  Company  determines  the  appropriate  classification  of  its  short-term 
investments at the time of purchase.

Substantially all of the Company’s short-term investments are in U.S. Treasury securities and certificates of deposit, 
and  the  Company  has  the  ability  and  intent  to  hold  these  investments  to  maturity.  Therefore,  these  short-term 
investments are classified and accounted for as held-to-maturity and are reported at amortized cost. Each reporting 
period,  the  Company  determines  whether  a  decline  in  fair  value  below  the  amortized  cost  for  each  individual 
security is other-than-temporary and if it would be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost 
basis.  Upon  recognition  of  an  other-than-temporary  impairment,  the  previous  amortized  cost  basis  less  the  other-
than-temporary impairment recognized in earnings becomes the new amortized cost basis of the investment.

(f) Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company is exposed to certain risks related to its ongoing business operations, including the effect of changes 
in foreign exchange rates on the Company’s monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency.  The 
Company may use foreign currency forward contracts as part of its strategy to manage these risks, but does not hold 
or issue derivative instruments for trading purposes or speculation.  The Company executes these instruments with 
financial institutions that hold an investment grade credit rating.  These foreign currency forward contracts do not 
meet  the  requirements  for  hedge  accounting  and  are  recorded  on  the  balance  sheet  as  either  an  asset  or  liability 
measured  at  their  fair  value  as  of  the  reporting  date.    Changes  in  the  fair  value  of  derivative  instruments,  as 
measured using the three-level hierarchy described above, are recognized in “Other (expense) income, net” in the 
Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.

(g) Property and Equipment

Property  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost,  net  of  accumulated  depreciation.    Depreciation  is  computed  using  the 
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, as follows: three years for computer equipment and 
purchased software; five years for office equipment and automobiles; and ten years for office furniture and owned 
corporate aircraft, which has an estimated salvage value of 70%.  Leasehold improvements are amortized using the 
straight-line  method  over  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the  improvements  or  the  term  of  the  lease,  whichever  is 
shorter.  The Company periodically evaluates the appropriateness of the estimated useful lives and salvage value of 
all  property  and  equipment.    Any  change  in  the  estimated  useful  life  or  salvage  value  is  treated  as  a  change  in 
estimate and accounted for prospectively in the period of change.

81

MICROSTRATEGY INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, except for certain costs related to the 
aircraft.    The  costs  of  normal,  recurring,  or  periodic  repairs  and  maintenance  activities  related  to  the  aircraft  are 
expensed  as  incurred.    The  cost  of  planned  major  maintenance  activities  (“PMMA”)  may  be  treated  differently 
because those activities may involve the acquisition of additional aircraft components or the replacement of existing 
aircraft components.  PMMA are performed periodically based on passage of time and the use of the aircraft.  The 
classification of a maintenance activity as part of PMMA requires judgment and can affect the amount of expense 
recognized in any particular period.  The cost of each PMMA is expected to be capitalized and amortized over the 
period until the next scheduled PMMA.  There have been no PMMA to date.

When  assets  are  retired  or  sold,  the  capitalized  cost  and  related  accumulated  depreciation  are  removed  from  the 
property and equipment accounts and any resulting gain or loss is recognized in the results of operations.

Eligible  internal-use  software  development  costs  are  capitalized  subsequent  to  the  completion  of  the  preliminary 
project  stage.  Such  costs  include  external  direct  material  and  service  costs,  employee  payroll,  and  payroll-related 
costs.  After  all  substantial  testing  and  deployment  is  completed  and  the  software  is  ready  for  its  intended  use, 
capitalization ceases and internal-use software development costs are amortized using the straight-line method over 
the estimated useful life of the software, generally three years.

The Company reviews long-lived assets, including intangible assets, for impairment annually or whenever events or 
changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be fully recoverable or that 
the  useful  lives  of  these  assets  are  no  longer  appropriate.    Each  impairment  test  is  based  on  a  comparison  of  the 
undiscounted cash flows to the recorded value of the asset.  If an asset is impaired, the asset is written down by the 
amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds the related fair value of the asset.

(h) Software Development Costs

Software development costs are expensed as incurred until technological feasibility has been established, at which 
time such costs are capitalized until the product is available for general release to customers. Capitalized software 
development costs include direct labor costs and fringe benefit costs attributed to programmers, software engineers, 
and quality control and field certifiers working on products after they reach technological feasibility, but before they 
are generally available to customers for sale.  Technological feasibility is considered to be achieved when a product 
design and working model of the software product have been completed.  Capitalized software development costs 
are  typically  amortized  over  the  estimated  product  life  of  three  years,  on  a  straight-line  basis.  The  Company  has 
significantly  accelerated  the  pace  of  its  software  development  efforts  and  increased  the  frequency  of  its  software 
releases subsequent to the release of MicroStrategy 10, which has resulted in the Company’s software development 
costs in recent periods being expensed as incurred.

Capitalized software development costs, net of accumulated amortization, were $2.5 million and $8.5 million as of 
December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  Amortization expense related to software development costs was $6.0 
million, $7.4 million, and $7.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively, and is 
included  in  cost  of  product  licenses  and  subscription  services  revenues.    The  Company  did  not  capitalize  any 
software  development  costs  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2017  and  2016,  respectively.    During  the  year 
ended  December  31,  2015,  the  Company  capitalized  software  development  costs  of  $9.6  million.    The  Company 
analyzes  the  net  realizable  value  of  capitalized  software  development  costs  on  at  least  an  annual  basis  and  has 
determined  that  there  is  no  indication  of  impairment  of  the  capitalized  software  development  costs  as  forecasted 
future sales are adequate to support amortization costs.

(i) Loss Contingencies and Legal Costs

The  Company  accrues  loss  contingencies  that  are  believed  to  be  probable  and  can  be  reasonably  estimated.    As 
events  evolve  during  the  administration  and  litigation  process  and  additional  information  becomes  known,  the 
Company reassesses its estimates related to loss contingencies.  Legal costs are expensed in the period in which the 
costs are incurred.

82

MICROSTRATEGY INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(j) Deferred Revenue and Advance Payments

Deferred revenue and advance payments related to product support, subscription services, and other services result 
from  payments  received  prior  to  the  performance  of  services  for  technical  support,  subscription,  consulting,  and 
education.  Deferred  revenue  and  advance  payments  related  to  product  licenses  result  primarily  from  multiple-
element arrangements that include future deliverables. Deferred revenue is comprised of deferred product licenses 
and subscription services, deferred product support, or other services revenue based on the objective fair value of the 
multiple  elements  of  the  arrangement,  except  for  software  licenses  for  which  the  Company  does  not  have  an 
objective  measure  of  fair  value.  The  Company  offsets  its  accounts  receivable  and  deferred  revenue  for  any  billed 
and unpaid items included in deferred revenue and advance payments.

(k) Revenue Recognition 

The Company recognizes revenue from sales of software licenses to end users upon:

1)

2)

3)

4)

persuasive evidence of an arrangement, as provided by agreements, contracts, purchase orders, or other 
arrangements, generally executed by both parties;

existence of a fixed or determinable fee;

delivery of the software; and

determination that collection is reasonably assured.

When  the  fees  for  software  upgrades  and  enhancements,  technical  support,  consulting,  and  education  are  bundled 
with the license fee, they are unbundled for revenue recognition purposes, using vendor specific objective evidence 
(“VSOE”) of fair value of the elements.

Product support or post-contract support (“PCS”) revenue is derived from providing technical software support and 
software updates and upgrades to customers. PCS revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the contract, which 
in most cases is one year.  The Company’s VSOE for PCS, which includes updates, upgrades, and enhancements, is 
determined  based  on  the  optional  stated  renewal  fee  for  PCS  in  the  contract,  which  is  the  price  the  customer  is 
required to pay when PCS is renewed.  Additionally, the optional stated renewal fee used to establish VSOE for PCS 
in  a  software  transaction  must  be  above  the  Company’s  minimum  substantive  VSOE  rate  for  PCS.    If  a  stated 
renewal rate is considered non-substantive, VSOE of PCS has not been established and the Company recognizes all 
revenue  under  the  arrangement  ratably  over  the  PCS  period.    A  minimum  substantive  VSOE  rate  is  determined 
based on an analysis of historical sales of PCS.  For a renewal rate to be non-substantive, the Company believes it 
must  be  significantly  lower  than  its  minimum  VSOE  rate.  The  Company  considers  a  10%  variance  below  its 
minimum VSOE rate to be significant. It is rare for the Company to have an arrangement that includes a renewal 
rate that is below the minimum VSOE rate.

Revenue  from  consulting,  education,  and  subscription  services  is  recognized  as  the  services  are  performed.    The 
Company’s  VSOE  for  services  other  than  PCS  is  determined  based  on  an  analysis  of  its  historical  sales  of  each 
element when sold separately from software.

For  new  offerings  of  services  other  than  PCS  or  service  offerings  that  have  not  had  a  sufficient  history  of  sales 
activity,  the  Company  initially  establishes  VSOE  based  on  the  list  price  as  determined  by  management  with  the 
relevant authority.  Each service offering has a single list price in each country where sold.

If  VSOE  exists  for  all  undelivered  elements  and  there  is  no  such  evidence  of  fair  value  established  for  delivered 
elements, the arrangement fee is first allocated to the elements where evidence of fair value has been established and 
the residual amount is allocated to the delivered elements. If evidence of fair value for any undelivered element of 
an  arrangement  does  not  exist,  all  revenue  from  the  arrangement  is  deferred  until  such  time  that  evidence  of  fair 
value exists for undelivered elements or until all elements of the arrangement are delivered, subject to certain limited 
exceptions.

83

MICROSTRATEGY INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

If  an  arrangement  includes  acceptance  criteria,  revenue  is  not  recognized  until  the  Company  can  objectively 
demonstrate that the software or service can meet the acceptance criteria, or the acceptance period lapses, whichever 
occurs  earlier.  If  a  software  license  arrangement  obligates  the  Company  to  deliver  specified  future  products  or 
upgrades, revenue is recognized when the specified future product or upgrades are delivered, or when the obligation 
to deliver specified future products expires, whichever occurs earlier. If a software license arrangement obligates the 
Company to deliver unspecified future products, then revenue is recognized on a subscription basis, ratably over the 
term of the contract.

License  revenue  derived  from  sales  to  resellers  or  original  equipment  manufacturers  (“OEMs”)  who  purchase  the 
Company’s products for resale is recognized upon sufficient evidence that the products have been sold to the end 
user, provided all other revenue recognition criteria have been met.  The Company’s standard software license and 
reseller agreements do not include any return rights other than the right to return non-conforming products for repair 
or  replacement  under  standard  product  warranties.    During  the  last  three  fiscal  years,  the  Company  has  not 
experienced any product returns related to warranty claims.

The Company generally offers either commercial discounts or referral fees to its channel partners, depending on the 
nature  of  services  performed.  Revenue  recognized  from  transactions  with  channel  partners  involved  in  resale  or 
distribution activities is recorded net of any commercial discounts provided to them. Referral fees paid to channel 
partners not involved in resale or distribution activities are expensed as cost of revenues and, during the last three 
fiscal years, were not significant.

The  Company’s  standard  software  license  agreements  do  not  include  any  price  protection  provisions.    However, 
transactions  under  the  General  Services  Administration  Federal  Supply  Schedule  contract  must  comply  with  the 
Price  Reductions  clause.    In  addition,  certain  government  agencies  have  the  right  to  cancel  contracts  for 
“convenience.”    During  the  last  three  fiscal  years,  there  were  no  material  amounts  refunded  under  the  Price 
Reductions clause and there were no material contracts cancelled for convenience.

Amounts collected prior to satisfying the above revenue recognition criteria are included in net deferred revenue and 
advance payments in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Software revenue recognition requires judgment, including determinations about whether collectability is reasonably 
assured,  the  fee  is  fixed  and  determinable,  a  software  arrangement  includes  multiple  elements,  and  if  so,  whether 
VSOE  exists  for  those  elements.    Judgment  is  also  required  to  assess  whether  future  releases  of  certain  software 
represent new products or upgrades and enhancements to existing products.

The Company also generates subscription services revenues primarily from its cloud services offerings. Subscription 
services revenues include subscription fees from customers for access to the full breadth of MicroStrategy Analytics 
and  MicroStrategy  Mobile  capabilities,  database  services,  and  data  integration  services.  The  Company’s  standard 
arrangements with customers generally do not provide the customer with the right to take possession of the software 
supporting  the  cloud-based  application  service  at  any  time.  As  such,  these  arrangements  are  considered  service 
contracts and revenue is recognized ratably over the service period of the contract, following completion of the set-
up  service.    Any  related  set-up  service  fees  are  recognized  ratably  over  the  longer  of  the  contract  period  or  the 
estimated average life of the customer relationship. 

The Company’s subscription services are generally offered as standalone arrangements or as part of arrangements 
that  include  professional  services.    If  deliverables  in  a  multiple-element  arrangement  have  standalone  value  upon 
delivery,  the  Company  accounts  for  each  such  deliverable  separately.  The  Company  has  concluded  that  its 
subscription  services  and  its  professional  services  each  have  standalone  value.  When  the  Company  enters  into 
multiple-element  arrangements  that  include  subscription  services  and  professional  services,  the  total  arrangement 
consideration  is  allocated  to  each  of  the  deliverables  based  on  the  relative  selling  price  hierarchy.   The  Company 
determines  the  relative  selling  price  for  each  deliverable  using  VSOE  of  selling  price,  if  available,  or  its  best 
estimate  of  selling  price  (“BESP”),  if  VSOE  is  not  available.    The  Company  has  determined  that  third-party 
evidence of selling price is not a practical alternative due to differences in its services offerings as compared to other 
companies and the lack of availability of third-party pricing information.  For professional services, the Company 
has established VSOE because a consistent number of standalone sales of this deliverable have been priced within a 

84

MICROSTRATEGY INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

reasonably narrow range.  For subscription services, the Company has not established VSOE because, among other 
factors,  the  offering  is  relatively  new  and  its  pricing  model  continues  to  evolve. Accordingly,  the  Company  uses 
BESP to determine the relative selling price of its subscription services.

The  Company  determines  BESP  by  reviewing  historical  transactions  and  by  considering  the  service’s  pricing 
models and objectives that take into account factors such as gross margin, the size and volume of the transactions, 
perceived pricing sensitivity, and growth strategies.  The determination of BESP is made through consultation with, 
and  approval  by,  the  Company’s  management  team,  taking  into  consideration  the  go-to-market  strategy.    As  the 
Company’s pricing and go-to-market strategies evolve, the Company may modify its pricing practices in the future, 
which could result in changes to the determination of VSOE and BESP.

Amounts,  upon  invoicing,  are  recorded  in  accounts  receivable  and  either  gross  deferred  revenue  or  revenue, 
depending on whether the applicable revenue recognition criteria have been met. 

(l) Advertising Costs

Advertising  costs  include  production  costs,  which  are  expensed  the  first  time  the  advertisement  takes  place,  and 
media placement costs, which are expensed in the month the advertising appears.  Total advertising costs were $5.7 
million, $1.3 million, and $0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.  As of 
December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had no prepaid advertising costs.

(m) Share-based Compensation

The  Company  maintains  its  2013  Stock  Incentive  Plan  (as  amended,  the  “2013  Equity  Plan”),  under  which  the 
Company’s  employees,  officers,  directors,  and  other  eligible  participants  may  be  awarded  various  types  of  share-
based compensation, including options to purchase shares of the Company’s class A common stock.  The Company 
recognizes share-based compensation expense associated with such stock option awards on a straight-line basis over 
the award’s requisite service period (generally, the vesting period).  The share-based compensation expense is based 
on the fair value of such awards on the date of grant, as estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.  
See Note 11, Share-based Compensation, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding 
the 2013 Equity Plan, related share-based compensation expense, and assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option 
pricing model.

(n) Income Taxes 

The Company is subject to federal, state, and local income taxes in the United States and many foreign countries. 
Deferred income taxes are provided based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the taxes 
become  payable.    For  uncertain  income  tax  positions,  the  Company  uses  a  more-likely-than-not  recognition 
threshold based on the technical merits of the income tax position taken.  Income tax positions that meet the more-
likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured in order to determine the tax benefit recognized in the financial 
statements.    The  Company  recognizes  accrued  interest  related  to  unrecognized  tax  benefits  as  part  of  income  tax 
expense.  Penalties, if incurred, are recognized as a component of income tax expense.

The Company provides a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to their estimated realizable value, when 
appropriate.

(o) Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Share

Basic  earnings  per  share  is  determined  by  dividing  the  net  income  attributable  to  common  stockholders  by  the 
weighted  average  number  of  common  shares  and  participating  securities  outstanding  during  the  period.  
Participating securities are included in the basic earnings per share calculation when dilutive.  Diluted earnings per 
share  is  determined  by  dividing  the  net  income  attributable  to  common  stockholders  by  the  weighted  average 
number of common shares and potential common shares outstanding during the period.  Potential common shares 
are  included  in  the  diluted  earnings  per  share  calculation  when  dilutive.    Potential  common  shares  consisting  of 
common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding employee stock options and warrants are computed using the 

85

MICROSTRATEGY INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

treasury  stock  method.    Potential  common  shares  also  consist  of  common  stock  issuable  upon  the  conversion  of 
preferred stock.  Beginning January 1, 2017, excess tax benefits are no longer included in the calculation of diluted 
earnings per share, on a prospective basis.  

The  Company  has  two  classes  of  common  stock:  class  A  common  stock  and  class  B  common  stock.    Holders  of 
class A common stock generally have the same rights, including rights to dividends, as holders of class B common 
stock, except that holders of class A common stock have one vote per share while holders of class B common stock 
have ten votes per share.  Each share of class B common stock is convertible at any time, at the option of the holder, 
into one share of class A common stock.  As such, basic and fully diluted earnings per share for class A and class B 
common stock are the same.  The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends on either class A or class 
B common stock.  As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, there were no shares of preferred stock outstanding.

(p) Foreign Currency Translation

The functional currency of the Company’s international operations is the local currency.  Accordingly, all assets and 
liabilities  of  international  subsidiaries  are  translated  using  exchange  rates  in  effect  at  the  end  of  the  period,  and 
revenue and expenses are translated using weighted average exchange rates for the period.  The related translation 
adjustments are reported in “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” in stockholders’ equity.  In general, 
upon complete or substantially complete liquidation of an investment in an international subsidiary, the amount of 
accumulated  translation  adjustments  attributable  to  that  subsidiary  is  reclassified  from  stockholders’  equity  to  the 
statement  of  operations.    Transaction  gains  and  losses  arising  from  transactions  denominated  in  a  currency  other 
than the functional currency of the entity involved are included in the results of operations.

In 2015, as a result of the completion of the liquidation of one of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries, a $0.3 million 
foreign  currency  translation  gain  was  reclassified  from  “Accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss”  in  the 
accompanying  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  to  “Other  (expense)  income,  net”  in  the  accompanying  Consolidated 
Statements of Operations.  No reclassifications were recorded in 2017 or 2016.  As of December 31, 2017, 2016, 
and  2015,  the  cumulative  foreign  currency  translation  balances  were  $(6.0)  million,  $(10.8)  million,  and  $(7.4) 
million,  respectively.    Since  the  Company  intends  to  indefinitely  reinvest  its  undistributed  earnings  of  all  of  its 
subsidiaries,  no  taxes  were  recognized  on  the  temporary  differences  resulting  from  foreign  currency  translation 
adjustments for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015.

Transaction  gains  and  losses  arising  from  transactions  denominated  in  foreign  currencies  resulted  in  a  net  loss  of 
$7.0 million in 2017 and net gains of $3.0 million and $2.4 million in 2016 and 2015, respectively, and are included 
in “Other (expense) income, net” in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.

(q) Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash 
and  cash  equivalents,  restricted  cash,  short-term  investments,  foreign  currency  forward  contracts,  and  accounts 
receivable. The Company places its cash equivalents and enters into foreign currency forward contracts with high 
credit-quality  financial  institutions  and  invests  its  excess  cash  primarily  in  short-term  investments.  The  Company 
has established guidelines relative to credit ratings and maturities that seek to maintain safety and liquidity.

The Company sells products and services to various companies across several industries throughout the world in the 
ordinary course of business.  The Company routinely assesses the financial strength of its customers and maintains 
allowances for anticipated losses.  As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, no individual customer accounted for 10% or 
more  of  net  accounts  receivable,  and  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2017,  2016,  and  2015,  no  individual 
customer accounted for 10% or more of revenue.

86

MICROSTRATEGY INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(3) Recent Accounting Standards

Share-based compensation accounting

In  March  2016,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  No. 
2016-09,  Compensation  –  Stock  Compensation  (Topic  718):  Improvements  to  Employee  Share-Based  Payment 
Accounting  (“ASU  2016-09”),  to  simplify  certain  aspects  of  accounting  for  share-based  payment  transactions.  
Under ASU 2016-09, all excess tax benefits should be recognized as income tax expense or benefit in the income 
statement, regardless of whether the benefit reduces taxes payable in the current period.  The excess tax benefits will 
be  combined  with  other  income  tax  cash  flows  within  operating  activities  in  the  statement  of  cash  flows.    In 
addition, excess tax benefits or tax deficiencies will no longer be included in the calculation of assumed proceeds 
under the treasury stock method of computing diluted earnings per share. ASU 2016-09 also allows companies to 
make  an  accounting  policy  election  to  either  estimate  the  number  of  awards  expected  to  vest  or  to  account  for 
forfeitures  as  they  occur,  when  accruing  share-based  compensation  expense.  Lastly,  ASU  2016-09  permits 
employers to withhold up to the employee’s maximum statutory tax rate in applicable jurisdictions and still qualify 
for  the  exception  to  liability  classification.  Cash  paid  by  an  employer  when  directly  withholding  shares  for  tax-
withholding  purposes  should  be  classified  as  a  financing  activity  in  the  statement  of  cash  flows.  The  Company 
adopted this guidance on January 1, 2017 and has:

(i)

(ii)

recognized excess tax benefits as part of the “Provision for income taxes” line item in the Consolidated 
Statements of Operations, on a prospective basis.  

combined  the  impact  of  excess  tax  benefits  with  the  “Deferred  taxes”  line  item  within  operating 
activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, on a prospective basis.  

(iii)

excluded excess tax benefits or tax deficiencies in the calculation of the Company’s diluted earnings per 
share, on a prospective basis; and  

(iv) made an accounting policy election to account for forfeitures as they occur, on a modified retrospective 
basis,  the  impact  of  which  is  generally  consistent  with  the  Company’s  previous  method  of  estimating 
forfeitures.  

No prior periods have been adjusted in connection with the Company’s adoption of ASU 2016-09.  In addition, no 
cumulative-effect adjustments to retained earnings have been recorded as of January 1, 2017 because there were no 
unrecognized  excess  tax  benefits  or  tax  deficiencies  outstanding  and  no  expected  forfeitures  applied  to  the 
Company’s  share-based  compensation  expense  as  of  the  end  of  the  preceding  year.    The  remaining  amendments 
under  ASU  2016-09  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  position,  results  of 
operations, and cash flows.

Statement of cash flows

In November 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 
230):  Restricted  Cash  (a  consensus  of  the  FASB  Emerging  Issues  Task  Force)  (“ASU  2016-18”),  to  address  the 
diversity in practice that currently exists regarding the classification and presentation of changes in restricted cash 
on  the  statement  of  cash  flows.  Under  ASU  2016-18,  entities  will  be  required  to  include  restricted  cash  and 
restricted cash equivalents with total cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning and end of period 
amounts on the statement of cash flows. Entities will also be required to disclose information about the nature of 
their  restricted  cash  and  restricted  cash  equivalents.  Additionally,  if  cash,  cash  equivalents,  restricted  cash  and 
restricted cash equivalents are presented in more than one line item in the statement of financial position, entities 
will be required to present a reconciliation, either on the face of the statement of cash flows or disclosed in the notes, 
of the totals in the statement of cash flows to the related line item captions in the statement of financial position. The 
Company  adopted  this  guidance  on  January  1,  2017  and  retrospectively  applied  the  required  updates  to  its 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for all periods presented. The Company does not consider its restricted cash 
balances  to  be  material  for  further  disclosure  or  reconciliation.  The  adoption  of  this  guidance  did  not  impact  the 
Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations, or footnote disclosures.

87

MICROSTRATEGY INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Revenue from contracts with customers

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers 
(Topic 606) (“ASU 2014-09”), which supersedes nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance.  The standard’s 
core principle is that an entity should recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers 
in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or 
services.  The standard also requires disclosure of additional information to enable users of financial statements to 
understand  the  nature,  amount,  timing,  and  uncertainty  of  revenue  and  cash  flows  arising  from  contracts  with 
customers.

The  Company  will  adopt  this  guidance  and  its  subsequent  amendments  effective  as  of  January  1,  2018  and  will 
adjust  prior  period  consolidated  financial  statements  to  reflect  full  retrospective  adoption,  beginning  with  the 
Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  first  quarter  of  2018.    The  Company  has  substantially  completed  the 
implementation  of  key  system  changes  and  changes  to  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting  to  allow  the 
Company  to  timely  compile  the  information  needed  to  account  for  transactions  under  this  new  guidance  and  to 
adjust its prior periods’ consolidated financial statements. 

In adopting ASU 2014-09, the Company expects the following significant changes in accounting principles:

(i)

(ii)

Timing of revenue recognition for term license sales. Under ASU 2014-09, the Company will recognize 
product license revenue from term licenses upon delivery of the software.  Previously, this revenue was 
recognized over the term of the arrangement.

Timing of revenue recognition for sales to channel partners.  Under ASU 2014-09, the Company will 
recognize revenue from sales made to resellers and OEMs when control of the products transfers to the 
reseller  or  OEM,  less  adjustments  for  returns  or  price  protection.    Previously,  this  revenue  was  not 
recognized until the product was sold by the reseller or OEM to the end user.

(iii) Allocating the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract.  Under ASU 2014-09, 
the Company will allocate the transaction price to the various performance obligations in the contract 
based  on  their  relative  standalone  selling  price  (“SSP”).    Except  for  SSP  of  product  support,  the 
Company’s methodologies for estimating SSP of its various performance obligations will be generally 
consistent with the Company’s previous methodologies used to establish VSOE of fair value on multiple 
element arrangements.  The SSP of product support will result in a difference in the allocation of the 
transaction price between product support and product license performance obligations. The Company 
expects the impact from SSP-based allocations to be immaterial to the financial statements.

(iv) Material  rights.  The  Company’s  contracts  with  customers  may  include  options  to  acquire  additional 
goods  and  services  at  a  discount.    Under  ASU  2014-09,  certain  of  these  options  may  be  considered 
material rights if sold below SSP and would be treated as separate performance obligations and included 
in  the  allocation  of the  transaction price.  Previously,  none  of the  Company’s options  were considered 
material rights. The Company expects the impact from material rights to be immaterial to the financial 
statements.

(v)

Presentation of accounts receivable, contract assets, and contract liabilities (deferred revenue). Under 
ASU  2014-09,  the  Company’s  rights  to  consideration  are  presented  separately  depending  on  whether 
those  rights  are  conditional  or  unconditional.  The  Company  will  present  its  unconditional  rights  to 
consideration  as  “accounts  receivable”  in  its  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.  In  contrast,  separate 
“contract  assets”  will  represent  rights  to  consideration  that  are  subject  to  a  condition  other  than  the 
passage  of  time,  and  will  be  comprised  primarily  of  accrued  sales-  and  usage-based  royalty  revenue.  
Previously, this revenue was not recognized until quarterly royalty reporting had been received from the 
OEM.    Under  ASU  2014-09,  once  quarterly  royalty  reporting  has  been  received,  the  related  contract 
assets  will  be  transferred  to  accounts  receivable.    Current  and  non-current  contract  assets  will  be 
included  under  “Prepaid  expenses  and  other  current  assets”  and  “Deposits  and  other  assets,” 
respectively,  on  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.    Further,  contract  assets  will  be  netted 
against  “contract  liabilities”  at  the  contract  level.    Contract  liabilities  will  be  presented  as  “deferred 
revenue”  on  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  and  will  be  comprised  of  consideration 
received,  or  accounts  receivable  recorded,  prior  to  the  transfer  of  goods  or  services  to  the  customer.  
Under  ASU  2014-09,  the  Company  cannot  net  accounts  receivable  with  deferred  revenue  and  the 

88

MICROSTRATEGY INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Company will no longer offset its accounts receivable and deferred revenue balances for unpaid items 
that are included in the deferred revenue balance. Previously, this offsetting of accounts receivable and 
deferred revenue balances for unpaid amounts was applied in the Company’s financial statements.     

(vi) Deferral of incremental direct costs to obtaining a contract with a customer.  Under ASU 2014-09, the 
Company  will  capitalize  certain  variable  compensation  (i.e.,  sales  commissions)  payable  to  its  sales 
force and subsequently amortize the capitalized costs over a period of time that is consistent with the 
transfer of the related good or service to the customer, which the Company has determined to be three 
years.  Capitalized  costs,  net  of  accumulated  amortization,  will  be  included  in  “Deposits  and  other 
assets” on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.  Previously, the Company elected to expense 
these incremental direct costs as incurred.

The Company currently estimates the adoption of ASU 2014-09 will increase its 2016 beginning retained earnings 
balance  by  approximately  $13.0  million,  offset  by  a  $13.0  million  decrease  in  gross  deferred  revenues,  a  $5.0 
million  decrease  in  deferred  tax  assets,  net  of  deferred  tax  liabilities,  a  $4.0  million  increase  in  other  non-current 
assets,  and  a  $1.0  million  increase  in  other  current  assets.    In  addition,  net  accounts  receivable  and  net  deferred 
revenues as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 will each further increase by approximately $95.9 million and $101.5 
million,  respectively,  due  to  the  Company  no  longer  offsetting  these  balances  for  unpaid  amounts  included  in  the 
gross  deferred  revenue  balances.  For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2017  and  2016,  the  Company  estimates  $2.5 
million  and  $3.0  million,  respectively,  of  previously  expensed  variable  compensation  will  be  capitalized  and 
amortized  over  a  three-year  period.    The  Company  estimates  that  product  licenses  revenues  will  decrease  by 
approximately $0.5 million and increase by approximately $1.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 
2016, respectively.  The Company also estimates its provision for income taxes will decrease by approximately $1.5 
million and increase by approximately $0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

Intra-entity asset transfers

In  October  2016,  the  FASB  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  No.  2016-16,  Income  Taxes  (Topic  740):  Intra-
Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory (“ASU 2016-16”), to improve the accounting for income tax effects 
of  intra-entity  transfers  of  assets  other  than  inventory.  Under  ASU  2016-16,  the  deferral  of  the  income  tax 
consequences  of  intra-entity  transfers  of  assets  other  than  inventory  is  eliminated.  Entities  will  be  required  to 
recognize  the  income  tax  consequences  of  intra-entity  transfers  of  assets  other  than  inventory  when  the  transfers 
occur. The standard requires a cumulative-effect adjustment directly to retained earnings as of the beginning of the 
period of adoption using a modified retrospective approach. The Company will adopt this guidance effective as of 
January  1,  2018.  The  adoption  of  this  guidance  is  not  expected  to  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Company’s 
consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. 

Lease accounting

In February 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASU 2016-
02”), which requires lease assets and lease liabilities be recognized for all leases, in addition to the disclosure of key 
information  to  enable  users  of  financial  statements  to  assess  the  amount,  timing,  and  uncertainty  of  cash  flows 
arising from an entity’s leasing arrangements.  ASU 2016-02 defines a lease as a contract, or part of a contract, that 
conveys both (i) the right to obtain economic benefits from and (ii) direct the use of an identified asset for a period 
of  time  in  exchange  for  consideration.    Under  ASU  2016-02,  leases  are  classified  as  either  finance  or  operating 
leases. For finance leases, a lessee shall recognize in profit or loss the amortization of the lease asset and interest on 
the lease liability.  For operating leases, a lessee shall recognize in profit or loss a single lease cost, calculated so that 
the remaining cost of the lease is allocated over the remaining lease term, generally on a straight-line basis.  ASU 
2016-02 requires the recognition and measurement of leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a 
modified retrospective approach and is effective for interim and annual periods beginning January 1, 2019.  Early 
adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial 
position, results of operations, and cash flows. 

89

MICROSTRATEGY INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(4) Fair Value Measurements

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, there were no financial assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring 
basis.    All  of  the  Company’s  foreign  currency  forward  contracts  (designated  as  Level  2,  non-hedging  derivative 
instruments)  were  settled  by  December  31,  2015.    Changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the  Company’s  foreign  currency 
forward contracts during the year ended December 31, 2015 resulted in a net gain of $0.5 million recorded to “Other 
income, net.”  

There were no transfers among the levels within the fair value hierarchy during the years ended December 31, 2017, 
2016, and 2015.  As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had no assets or liabilities that were required to 
be measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

(5) Short-term Investments

The Company periodically invests a portion of its excess cash in short-term investment instruments.  Substantially 
all  of  the  Company’s  short-term  investments  are  in  U.S.  Treasury  securities  and  certificates  of  deposit,  and  the 
Company  has  the  ability  and  intent  to  hold  these  investments  to  maturity.    The  stated  maturity  dates  of  these 
investments are between three months and one year from the purchase date.  These held-to-maturity investments are 
recorded  at  amortized  cost  and  included  within  “Short-term  investments”  on  the  accompanying  Consolidated 
Balance Sheets.  The fair value of held-to-maturity investments in U.S. Treasury securities and certificates of deposit 
is determined based on quoted market prices in active markets for identical securities (Level 1 inputs).

The  amortized  cost,  carrying  value,  and  fair  value  of  held-to-maturity  investments  at  December  31,  2017  were 
$254.9 million, $254.9 million, and $254.8 million, respectively. The amortized cost, carrying value, and fair value 
of  held-to-maturity  investments  at  December  31,  2016  were  $187.3  million,  $187.3  million,  and  $187.3  million, 
respectively.  The  gross  unrecognized  holding  gains  and  losses  were  not  material  for  2017,  2016,  and  2015.  No 
other-than-temporary impairments related to these investments have been recognized as of December 31, 2017 and 
2016.  As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company’s available-for-sale investments were not material.

(6) Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable (in thousands) consisted of the following, as of:

December 31,

2017

2016

Billed and billable
Less: unpaid deferred revenue
Accounts receivable, gross
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts
Accounts receivable, net

  $ 169,554    $ 188,038 
(101,538)
86,500 
(3,181)
83,319  

(95,864)   
73,690     
(4,190)   
69,500    $

  $

The  Company  offsets  its  accounts  receivable  and  deferred  revenue  for  any  unpaid  items  included  in  deferred 
revenue and advance payments.

The  Company  maintains  an  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  which  represents  its  best  estimate  of  probable  losses 
inherent in the accounts receivable balances.  The Company evaluates specific accounts when it becomes aware that 
a customer may not be able to meet its financial obligations due to deterioration of its liquidity or financial viability, 
credit ratings, or bankruptcy.  In addition, the Company periodically adjusts this allowance based on its review and 
assessment of the aging of receivables.

90

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
MICROSTRATEGY INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(7) Property and Equipment

Property and equipment (in thousands) consisted of the following, as of:

Transportation equipment
Computer equipment and purchased software
Furniture and equipment
Leasehold improvements
Internally developed software
Property and equipment, gross
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
Property and equipment, net

December 31,

2017
48,645    $
57,515     
10,425     
28,511     
9,643     
154,739     
(101,380)   
53,359    $

2016
48,835 
60,692 
10,871 
27,737 
9,655 
157,790 
(100,354)
57,436  

  $

  $

Included  in  transportation  equipment  is  the  Company’s  owned  corporate  aircraft,  including  capitalizable  costs 
related to the repairs to the aircraft, and aircraft-related equipment.  As of December 31, 2017, the net asset value of 
the aircraft and aircraft-related equipment was $36.9 million, net of $11.7 million of accumulated depreciation.  As 
of December 31, 2016, the net asset value of the aircraft and aircraft-related equipment was $38.4 million, net of 
$10.2 million of accumulated depreciation.

Included  in  computer  equipment  at  December  31,  2017  and  2016  is  $0.6  million  and  $2.2  million,  respectively, 
acquired under capital lease arrangements.  At December 31, 2017 and 2016, accumulated amortization relating to 
computer equipment under capital lease arrangements totaled $0.6 million and $2.2 million, respectively.

Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment, including assets under capital leases, was 
$8.4 million, $10.6 million, and $14.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

(8) Deferred Revenue and Advance Payments

Deferred revenue and advance payments (in thousands) from customers consisted of the following, as of:

Current:
Deferred product licenses revenue
Deferred subscription services revenue
Deferred product support revenue
Deferred other services revenue

Gross current deferred revenue and advance payments

Less: unpaid deferred revenue

Net current deferred revenue and advance payments

December 31,

2017

2016

  $

11,113    $
17,324     
168,043     
9,465     
205,945     
(93,296)   
  $ 112,649    $

13,023 
18,303 
162,781 
10,015 
204,122 
(98,587)
105,535 

Non-current:
Deferred product licenses revenue
Deferred subscription services revenue
Deferred product support revenue
Deferred other services revenue

  $

Gross non-current deferred revenue and advance payments

Less: unpaid deferred revenue

Net non-current deferred revenue and advance payments

  $

7,169    $
126     
4,826     
628     
12,749     
(2,568)   
10,181    $

9,118 
1,307 
5,751 
690 
16,866 
(2,951)
13,915  

91

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
     
       
 
     
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
MICROSTRATEGY INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The  Company  offsets  its  accounts  receivable  and  deferred  revenue  for  any  unpaid  items  included  in  deferred 
revenue and advance payments.

(9) Commitments and Contingencies

(a) Commitments

From  time  to  time,  the  Company  enters  into  certain  types  of  contracts  that  require  it  to  indemnify  parties  against 
third-party  claims.    These  contracts  primarily  relate  to  agreements  under  which  the  Company  assumes  indemnity 
obligations  for  intellectual  property  infringement,  as  well  as  other  obligations  from  time  to  time  depending  on 
arrangements negotiated with customers and other third parties.  The conditions of these obligations vary.  Thus, the 
overall  maximum  amount  of  the  Company’s  indemnification  obligations  cannot  be  reasonably  estimated.  
Historically, the Company has not been obligated to make significant payments for these obligations and does not 
currently  expect  to  incur  any  material  obligations  in  the  future.    Accordingly,  the  Company  has  not  recorded  an 
indemnification liability on its balance sheets as of December 31, 2017 or December 31, 2016.

The Company leases office space and computer and other equipment under operating lease agreements.  Under the 
lease  agreements,  in  addition  to  base  rent,  the  Company  is  generally  responsible  for  certain  taxes,  utilities  and 
maintenance costs, and other fees.  Several of these leases include options for renewal or purchase.  The Company 
does not have any material capital leases.  As of December 31, 2017, the Company leased approximately 214,000 
square  feet  of  office  space  at  a  location  in  Northern  Virginia  that  began  serving  as  its  corporate  headquarters  in 
October 2010 and was to expire in December 2020.  In January 2018, the Company amended the lease to extend the 
lease term through December 2030. See Note 17, Subsequent Events, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for 
further information.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, deferred rent of $8.5 million and $12.3 million, respectively, was included in other 
long-term liabilities and $3.8 million and $3.5 million, respectively, was included in current accrued expenses.

As a result of the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and 
Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”), the Company estimated and recorded a one-time $40.3 million tax expense related to the 
mandatory  deemed  repatriation  transition  tax  (“Transition  Tax”)  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017.    See 
Note 10, Income Taxes, to the Consolidated Financial Statement for further information.  At December 31, 2017, 
$36.8 million of the Transition Tax was included in “other long-term liabilities” and $3.5 million was netted against 
“prepaid expenses and other current assets” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The  following  table  shows  future  minimum  rent  payments  under  noncancellable  operating  leases  and  agreements 
with  initial  terms  of  greater  than  one  year,  net  of  total  future  minimum  rent  payments  to  be  received  under 
noncancellable sublease agreements, and anticipated payments related to the one-time Transition Tax resulting from 
the Tax Act, based on the expected due dates of the various installments as of December 31, 2017 (in thousands):

Year
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
Thereafter

  Operating Leases    Transition Tax  

Amount

Amount

 $

 $

24,508  $
20,059   
18,779   
2,610   
1,758   
4,276   
71,990  $

3,450 
3,200 
3,200 
3,200 
3,200 
24,000 
40,250  

The  above  table  does  not  include  estimated  payments  related  to  the  renewal  of  our  corporate  headquarters  office 
lease  in  January  2018.  See  Note  17,  Subsequent  Events,  to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  further 
information about our corporate headquarters office lease.

92

 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
MICROSTRATEGY INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Total  rental  expenses  under  operating  lease  agreements  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2017,  2016,  and  2015 
were $19.8 million, $20.3 million, and $22.6 million, respectively.

(b) Contingencies 

In December 2011, DataTern, Inc. (“DataTern”) filed a complaint for patent infringement against the Company in 
the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts (the “District Court”). The complaint alleged that 
the  Company  infringes  U.S.  Patent  No.  6,101,502  (the  “’502  Patent”),  allegedly  owned  by  DataTern,  by  making, 
selling,  or  offering  for  sale  several  of  the  Company’s  products  and  services,  including  MicroStrategy  9, 
MicroStrategy  Intelligence  Server,  MicroStrategy  Business  Intelligence  Platform,  MicroStrategy  Cloud  Personal, 
and other MicroStrategy applications for creating or using data mining, dashboards, business analytics, data storage 
and warehousing, and web hosting support.  The complaint accused the Company of willful infringement and sought 
an unspecified amount of damages, an award of attorneys’ fees, and preliminary and permanent injunctive relief.  In 
light of a judgment in a separate action involving DataTern in another jurisdiction, in February 2013, MicroStrategy 
and  DataTern  filed  motions  for  summary  judgment  of  non-infringement  and  the  District  Court  entered  summary 
judgment  against  DataTern.   In  March  2013,  DataTern  filed  a  notice  of  appeal  with  the  United  States  Court  of 
Appeals  for  the  Federal  Circuit  (the  “Federal  Circuit”).   In  December  2014,  the  Federal  Circuit  issued  an  opinion 
vacating  the  District  Court’s  summary  judgment,  stating  that  the  claim  construction  on  which  the  summary 
judgment  was  based  was  incorrect.    In  January  2015,  the  case  was  remanded  to  the  District  Court  for  further 
proceedings.  A claim construction ruling was issued in February 2017.  In August 2017, counsel for DataTern filed 
a motion to withdraw from the lawsuit.  The District Court initially gave DataTern a deadline of September 18, 2017 
to find replacement counsel, which was later extended to October 20, 2017.  On October 20, 2017, the District Court 
dismissed the case for failure to prosecute when DataTern failed to identify substitute counsel.  The Company has 
received indemnification requests from certain of its channel partners and customers who were sued by DataTern in 
the  District  Court  in  lawsuits  alleging  infringement  of  the  ‘502  Patent.   The  proceedings  against  these  channel 
partners and customers were stayed pending the resolution of DataTern’s lawsuit against the Company.  On October 
30, 2017, the District Court dismissed with prejudice these channel partner and customer proceedings.  No estimated 
liability for these matters has been accrued in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Company is also involved in various other legal proceedings arising in the normal course of business. Although 
the  outcomes  of  these  other  legal  proceedings  are  inherently  difficult  to  predict,  management  does  not  expect  the 
resolution of these other legal proceedings to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, 
results of operations, or cash flows.

The  Company  has  contingent  liabilities  that,  in  management’s  judgment,  are  not  probable  of  assertion.    If  such 
unasserted contingent liabilities were to be asserted, or become probable of assertion, the Company may be required 
to record significant expenses and liabilities in the period in which these liabilities are asserted or become probable 
of assertion.

(10) Income Taxes 

U.S. and international components of income before income taxes (in thousands) were comprised of the following 
for the periods indicated:

U.S.
Foreign
Total

Years Ended December 31,
2015
2016
2017
68,555 
51,145   $
19,166   $
53,441    
69,309 
61,901    
72,607   $ 113,046   $ 137,864  

  $

  $

93

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
MICROSTRATEGY INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The provision for income taxes (in thousands) consisted of the following for the periods indicated:

Years Ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

Current:

Federal
State
Foreign

Deferred:

Federal
State
Foreign

Total provision

  $

  $

  $

  $
  $

48,794    $
4,077     
4,074     
56,945    $

18,453    $
3,681     
4,941     
27,075    $

11,748 
2,997 
7,565 
22,310 

88    $
(1,342)   
(727)   
(1,981)  $
54,964    $

(4,742)  $
(890)   
695     
(4,937)  $
22,138    $

9,215 
693 
(285)
9,623 
31,933  

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount computed by applying the federal statutory income tax rate 
to the Company’s income before income taxes as follows for the periods indicated:

Years Ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

Income tax expense at federal statutory rate
State taxes, net of federal tax effect
Foreign earnings taxed at different rates
Withholding tax
Foreign tax credit
Other international components
Change in valuation allowance
Deferred tax adjustments and rate changes
Deemed repatriation transition tax
Subpart F income
Research and development tax credit
Section 199 Deduction
Other permanent differences
Total

35.0%   
2.5%   
(24.2)%  
1.9%   
(1.1)%  
0.0%   
0.2%   
5.2%   
55.5%   
1.5%   
(1.1)%  
(1.4)%  
1.7%   
75.7%   

35.0%   
1.6%   
(15.5)%  
1.4%   
(1.0)%  
(0.1)%  
(0.8)%  
0.1%   
0.0%   
0.6%   
(0.8)%  
(1.8)%  
0.9%   
19.6%   

35.0%
1.7%
(14.0)%
1.1%
(0.3)%
0.8%
(0.1)%
(0.1)%
0.0%
0.5%
(0.6)%
(1.5)%
0.7%
23.2%

The Company’s U.S. and foreign effective tax rates for income before income taxes were as follows for the periods 
indicated:

Years Ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

U.S.
Foreign
Combined

269.3%   
6.3%   
75.7%   

32.3%   
9.1%   
19.6%   

36.0%
10.5%
23.2%

The  change  in  the  Company’s  effective  tax  rate  in  2017,  as  compared  to  the  prior  year,  was  primarily  due  to  an 
estimated one-time tax provision of $44.0 million as a result of the Tax Act. This tax provision is comprised of a 
$40.3  million  Transition  Tax  and  a  $3.7  million  charge  related  to  the  re-measurement  of  net  deferred  tax  assets 
arising from the new lower corporate tax rate effected by the Tax Act. 

94

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
   
 
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
MICROSTRATEGY INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Tax Act imposes a Transition Tax on previously untaxed accumulated and current earnings and profits (“E&P”) 
of certain foreign subsidiaries of the Company.  To determine the amount of the Transition Tax, the Company must 
determine, among other things, the amount of post-1986 E&P of the relevant subsidiaries, as well as the amount of 
non-U.S. income taxes paid on such earnings. The Company made a reasonable estimate of the Transition Tax and 
recorded a provisional Transition Tax obligation of $40.3 million, of which $36.8 million is recorded in “other long-
term  liabilities”  in  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.  However,  the  Company  continues  to  gather 
additional information to compute more precisely the post-1986 E&P and related non-U.S. income taxes paid. 

The Tax Act also reduced the U.S. corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%, effective January 1, 2018.  Consequently, 
the Company has recorded a decrease related to its U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities, with a corresponding net 
deferred income tax expense of $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 as a result of re-measuring net 
deferred tax assets at the new lower corporate tax rate of 21%. 

Additionally,  the  Tax  Act  requires  certain  Global  Intangible  Low  Taxed  Income  (“GILTI”)  earned  by  controlled 
foreign corporations (“CFCs”) to be included in the gross income of the CFCs’ U.S. shareholder.  GAAP allows the 
Company  to  either:  (i)  treat  taxes  due  on  future  U.S.  inclusions  in  taxable  income  related  to  GILTI  as  a  current-
period  expense  when  incurred  (the  “period  cost  method”);  or  (ii)  factor  such  amounts  into  its  measurement  of 
deferred taxes (the “deferred method”).  The Company elected the period cost method.  The GILTI tax rules will 
become  effective  for  the  2018  tax  year  and  therefore  the  Company  has  not  made  any  adjustments  related  to  the 
potential GILTI tax in its financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017.  The Company continues to 
evaluate the impact of the new GILTI tax rules and the application of ASC 740 on its financial statements.

Except  as  discussed  below,  the  Company  intends  to  indefinitely  reinvest  its  undistributed  earnings  of  all  of  its 
foreign  subsidiaries.      However,  under  the  Tax  Act,  those  undistributed  earnings  (as  computed  for  U.S.  federal 
income  tax  purposes,  and  with  due  regard  to  the  discussion  below  regarding  Subpart  F  deemed  dividends)  are 
subject to the Transition Tax, which was recorded at a provisional amount of $40.3 million during the year ended 
December 31, 2017. 

In  addition,  U.S.  federal  tax  laws  require  the  Company  to  include  in  its  U.S.  taxable  income  certain  investment 
income  earned  outside  of  the  United  States  in  excess  of  certain  limits  (“Subpart  F  deemed  dividends”).    Because 
Subpart F deemed dividends are already required to be recognized in the Company’s U.S. federal income tax return, 
the Company regularly repatriates Subpart F deemed dividends to the United States and no additional tax is incurred 
on the distribution.  The Company repatriated Subpart F deemed dividends of $1.8 million and $1.9 million in 2017 
and 2016, respectively, with no additional tax.  The Company did not repatriate any Subpart F deemed dividends in 
2015 because it did not report any Subpart F income on its 2014 U.S. tax return. 

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the amount of cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments held by the 
Company’s  U.S.  entities  was  $293.8  million  and  $279.8  million,  respectively,  and  by  the  Company’s  non-U.S. 
entities  was  $381.4  million  and  $309.6  million,  respectively.    If  the  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  short-term 
investments  held  by  the  Company’s  non-U.S.  entities  were  to  be  actually  repatriated  to  the  United  States,  after 
taking into account the Transition Tax described above, the Company does not expect such repatriation to generate 
any additional U.S. federal taxable income to the Company.

95

MICROSTRATEGY INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of the temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets 
and  liabilities  for  financial  reporting  purposes  and  the  amounts  used  for  income  tax  purposes.  Significant 
components  of  the  Company’s  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  (in  thousands)  were  as  follows  for  the  periods 
indicated:

  $

Deferred tax assets, net:

Net operating loss carryforwards
Tax credits
Intangible assets
Deferred revenue adjustment
Accrued compensation
Share-based compensation expense
Deferred rent
Other

Deferred tax assets before valuation allowance    

Valuation allowance
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

December 31,

2017

2016

761    $
1,520     
10     
3,351     
2,863     
11,597     
0     
2,457     
22,559     
(1,015)   
21,544     

214 
1,372 
11 
3,305 
7,866 
11,440 
1,281 
2,002 
27,491 
(832)
26,659 

Deferred tax liabilities:

Prepaid expenses and other
Property and equipment
Capitalized software development costs
Total deferred tax liabilities
Total net deferred tax asset

Reported as:

Non-current deferred tax assets, net
Non-current deferred tax liabilities
Total net deferred tax asset

684     
6,778     
695     
8,157     
13,387    $

1,098 
10,821 
3,330 
15,249 
11,410 

13,391     
(4)   
13,387    $

11,704 
(294)
11,410  

  $

  $

As  of  December  31,  2017  and  2016,  the  Company  had  income  taxes  payable  of  $0.4  million  and  $10.5  million, 
respectively, recorded in “accounts payable and accrued expenses” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

As of December 31, 2017, the Company had unrecognized tax benefits of $4.0 million, recorded in “Other long-term 
liabilities” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The change in unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands) 
is presented in the table below:

Unrecognized tax benefits at January 1, 2017
Increase related to positions taken in prior period
Increase related to positions taken in current period
Decrease related to expiration of statute of limitations
Unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2017

  $

Accrued interest

3,121 
771 
294 
(741)
3,445 
569 

Unrecognized tax benefits recorded in other long-
term liabilities at December 31, 2017

  $

4,014  

If recognized, $3.5 million of the gross unrecognized tax benefits would impact the Company’s effective tax rate.  
Over the next 12 months, the amount of the Company’s liability for unrecognized tax benefits shown above is not 
expected  to  change  by  a  material  amount.    The  Company  recognizes  estimated  accrued  interest  related  to 
unrecognized  tax  benefits  in  the  provision  for  income  tax  accounts.    During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2017, 

96

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
MICROSTRATEGY INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2016,  and  2015,  the  Company  released  or  recognized  an  immaterial  amount  of  accrued  interest.    The  amount  of 
accrued interest related to the above unrecognized tax benefits was approximately $0.6 million and $0.4 million as 
of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

The Company files tax returns in numerous foreign countries as well as the United States and its tax returns may be 
subject to audit by tax authorities in all countries in which it files.  Each country has its own statute of limitations for 
making assessment of additional tax liabilities.  In 2017, the Company settled the tax examination in Germany for 
tax  years  2013,  2014,  and  2015  without  any  material  audit  assessments.    The  Company’s  U.S.  tax  returns  for  tax 
years from 2014 forward are subject to potential examination by the Internal Revenue Service.

The  Company’s  major  foreign  tax  jurisdictions  and  the  tax  years  that  remain  subject  to  potential  examination  are 
Germany  for  tax  years  2016  forward,  Poland  and  China  for  tax  years  2013  forward,  Spain  for  tax  years  2014 
forward,  and  the  United  Kingdom  for  tax  years  2016  forward.    To  date  there  have  been  no  material  audit 
assessments related to audits in the United States or any of the applicable foreign jurisdictions.

The  Company  had  no  U.S.  net  operating  loss  (“NOL”)  carryforwards  as  of  December  31,  2017  and  2016.  The 
Company  had  $2.5  million  and  $0.7  million  of  foreign  NOL  carryforwards  as  of  December  31,  2017  and  2016, 
respectively.

The Company’s valuation allowances of $1.0 million and $0.8 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, 
primarily relate to certain foreign tax credit carryforward tax assets. The Company assessed whether its valuation 
allowance  analyses  are  affected  by  various  aspects  of  the  Tax  Act  (e.g.,  deemed  repatriation  of  deferred  foreign 
income,  GILTI  inclusions,  new  categories  of  foreign  tax  credits)  and  concluded  that  they  were  not  significantly 
affected by the Tax Act.  

In  determining  the  Company’s  provision  for  or  benefit  from  income  taxes,  net  deferred  tax  assets,  liabilities,  and 
valuation allowances, management is required to make judgments and estimates related to projections of domestic 
and foreign profitability, the timing and extent of the utilization of NOL carryforwards, applicable tax rates, transfer 
pricing  methods,  and  prudent  and  feasible  tax  planning  strategies.  As  a  multinational  company,  the  Company  is 
required  to  calculate  and  provide  for  estimated  income  tax  liabilities  for  each  of  the  tax  jurisdictions  in  which  it 
operates. This  process  involves  estimating  current  tax  obligations  and  exposures  in  each  jurisdiction,  as  well  as 
making  judgments  regarding  the  future  recoverability  of  deferred  tax  assets. Changes  in  the  estimated  level  of 
annual  pre-tax  income,  changes  in  tax  laws,  particularly  changes  related  to  the  utilization  of  NOLs  in  various 
jurisdictions, and changes resulting from tax audits can all affect the overall effective income tax rate which, in turn, 
impacts the overall level of income tax expense or benefit and net income.

Judgments and estimates related to the Company’s projections and assumptions are inherently uncertain. Therefore, 
actual  results  could  differ  materially  from  projections.  The  timing  and  manner  in  which  the  Company  will  use 
research and development tax credit carryforward tax assets, alternative minimum tax credit carryforward tax assets, 
and foreign tax credit carryforward tax assets in any year, or in total, may be limited by provisions of the Internal 
Revenue  Code  regarding  changes  in  the  Company’s  ownership.  Currently,  the  Company  expects  to  use  the  tax 
assets,  subject  to  Internal  Revenue  Code  limitations,  within  the  carryforward  periods.  Valuation  allowances  have 
been established where the Company has concluded that it is more likely than not that such deferred tax assets are 
not realizable.  If the Company is unable to sustain profitability in future periods, it may be required to increase the 
valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets, which could result in a charge that would materially adversely 
affect net income in the period in which the charge is incurred.  

Section 382  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  provides  an  annual  limitation  on  the  amount  of  federal  NOLs  and  tax 
credits that may be used in the event of an ownership change. The limitation is based on, among other things, the 
value  of  the  company  as  of  the  change  date  multiplied  by  a  U.S.  federal  long-term  tax  exempt  interest  rate.  The 
Company  does  not  currently  expect  the  limitations  under  the  Section  382  ownership  change  rules  to  impact  the 
Company’s ability to use its NOL carryforwards or tax credits that existed as of the date of the ownership change.

97

MICROSTRATEGY INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(11) Share-based Compensation

The 2013 Equity Plan authorizes the issuance of various types of share-based awards to the Company’s employees, 
officers,  directors,  and  other  eligible  participants.    As  of  December  31,  2017,  the  total  number  of  shares  of  the 
Company’s class A common stock authorized for issuance under the 2013 Equity Plan was 1,700,000 shares.

During 2017, stock options to purchase an aggregate of 175,000 shares of class A common stock were granted to 
certain Company employees and directors pursuant to the 2013 Equity Plan. As of December 31, 2017, there were 
options  to  purchase  991,633  shares  of  class  A  common  stock  outstanding  under  the  2013  Equity  Plan.  As  of 
December 31, 2017, there were 485,000 remaining shares of class A common stock authorized for future issuance 
under the 2013 Equity Plan.

Shares  issued  under  the  2013  Equity  Plan  may  consist  in  whole  or  in  part  of  authorized  but  unissued  shares  or 
treasury shares.  No awards may be issued more than ten years after the 2013 Equity Plan’s effective date.  Stock 
options  that  are  granted  under  the  2013  Equity  Plan  must  have  an  exercise  price  equal  to  at  least  the  fair  market 
value of the Company’s class A common stock on the date of grant, become exercisable as established by the Board 
of Directors or the Compensation Committee, and expire no later than ten years following the date of grant.  The 
Company recognizes share-based compensation expense associated with such stock option awards on a straight-line 
basis over the award’s requisite service period (generally, the vesting period).  The stock option awards granted to 
date  vest  in  equal  annual  installments  over  an  approximately  four-year  vesting  period  (unless  accelerated  upon  a 
change  in  control  event  (as  defined  in  the  stock  option  agreement  for  the  applicable  award)  or  otherwise  in 
accordance with provisions of the 2013 Equity Plan or applicable option agreement). 

Share-based  compensation  expense  is  based  on  the  fair  value  of  the  stock  option  awards  on  the  date  of  grant,  as 
estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.  The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires the input 
of certain management assumptions, including the expected term, expected stock price volatility, risk-free interest 
rate, and expected dividend yield.  The Company estimates the term over which option holders are expected to hold 
their stock options by using the simplified method for “plain-vanilla” stock option awards because the Company’s 
stock  option  exercise  history  does  not  provide  a  reasonable  basis  to  compute  the  expected  term  for  stock  options 
granted  under  the  2013  Equity  Plan.    The  Company  relies  exclusively  on  its  historical  stock  price  volatility  to 
estimate the expected stock price volatility over the expected term because the Company believes future volatility is 
unlikely to differ from the past. In estimating the expected stock price volatility, the Company uses a simple average 
calculation method.  The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury securities with terms that approximate the 
expected  term  of  the  stock  options.    The  expected  dividend  yield  is  based  on  the  Company’s  past  cash  dividend 
history and anticipated future cash dividend payments.  The expected dividend yield is zero, as the Company has not 
previously declared cash dividends and does not currently intend to declare cash dividends in the foreseeable future.  
These assumptions are based on management’s best judgment, and changes to these assumptions could materially 
affect the fair value estimates and amount of share-based compensation expense recognized.

98

MICROSTRATEGY INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table summarizes the Company’s stock option activity (in thousands, except per share data and years) 
for the periods indicated:

Stock Options Outstanding

   Weighted Average    Aggregate    Weighted Average
Intrinsic
    Exercise Price
Value

  Remaining Contractual
Term (Years)

Per Share

Shares

Balance as of January 1, 2015

Granted
Exercised
Forfeited/Expired

Balance as of December 31, 2015

Granted
Exercised
Forfeited/Expired

Balance as of December 31, 2016

Granted
Exercised
Forfeited/Expired

Balance as of December 31, 2017
Exercisable as of December 31, 2017
Expected to vest as of December 31, 2017   

Total

1,201   $
380    
(91)  
(167)  
1,323    
45   
(112) 
(370) 
886    
175    
(12)  
(57)  
992   $
536   $
456   $
992   $

111.77   
178.93   
105.25  $
131.31   
129.04   
189.62   
97.82  $
110.28   
143.89     
169.04     
143.35  $
196.52     
145.28     
135.48  $
156.79   
145.28  $

6,367  

8,102  

541   

3,941  
1,409  
5,350  

6.6
7.9
7.2

Stock  options  outstanding  as  of  December  31,  2017  are  comprised  of  the  following  range  of  exercise  prices  per 
share (in thousands, except per share data and years):

Stock Options Outstanding at December 31, 2017

Range of Exercise Prices per Share
$117.85 - $120.00
$120.01 - $150.00
$150.01 - $180.00
$180.01 - $201.25

Total

    Weighted Average     Weighted Average
    Exercise Price

   Remaining Contractual 
Term (Years)

Shares

Per Share

25   $
570   $
202   $
195   $
992   $

118.55    
122.67    
167.50    
191.78    
145.28    

6.3 
6.7 
7.2 
8.7 
7.2  

An aggregate of 215,000, 222,500, and 283,750 stock options with an aggregate fair value of $13.0 million, $13.7 
million,  and  $14.2  million  vested  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2017,  2016,  and  2015,  respectively.  
Beginning  January  1,  2017,  the  Company  made  an  accounting  policy  election  to  prospectively  account  for 
forfeitures  as  they  occur.    Therefore,  share-based  compensation  expense  has  not  been  adjusted  for  any  estimated 
forfeitures. Prior periods have not been restated.  

The weighted average grant date fair value of stock option awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model was 
$68.67, $75.54, and $73.86 for each share subject to a stock option granted during the years ended December 31, 
2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively, based on the following assumptions:

Years Ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

Expected term of options in years
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Expected dividend yield

6.3 

  37.4% - 37.8%  
1.9% - 2.3%  

0.0% 

99

6.3  

6.3
38.5%   39.0% - 40.2%
1.5% - 2.0%
0.0%

1.4% - 1.6%  
0.0%  

 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
   
  
  
  
   
 
  
   
 
  
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
 
   
 
  
 
  
   
 
  
   
 
   
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MICROSTRATEGY INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The  Company  recognized  approximately  $14.3  million,  $11.8  million,  and  $17.3  million  in  share-based 
compensation  expense  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2017,  2016,  and  2015,  respectively,  from  stock  options 
granted  under  the  2013  Equity  Plan.  As  of  December  31,  2017,  there  was  approximately  $19.8  million  of  total 
unrecognized share-based compensation expense related to unvested stock options.  As of December 31, 2017, the 
Company expected to recognize this remaining share-based compensation expense over a weighted-average vesting 
period of approximately 2.3 years.  

During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company was able to recognize and utilize tax deductions 
related  to  equity  compensation  in  excess  of  compensation  recognized  for  financial  reporting  that  was  generated 
under  the  2013  Equity  Plan.  Accordingly,  additional  paid-in  capital  increased  by  $1.2  million  and  $1.1  million 
during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Beginning January 1, 2017, excess tax benefits 
are no longer recognized as additional paid-in capital; instead they are prospectively included within the provision 
for income taxes.  Prior periods have not been restated. 

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016,  the  Company  wrote  off  $1.7  million  of  deferred  tax  assets  related  to 
certain  vested  stock  options  that  were  no  longer  exercisable.  Accordingly,  additional  paid-in  capital  decreased  by 
$1.7  million  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016.    No  such  adjustment  was  made  during  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2017 and 2015.  

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016,  the  Company  paid  $3.7  million  to  tax  authorities  related  to  the  net 
exercise  of  a  stock  option  under  the  2013  Equity  Plan.    This  payment  resulted  in  a  $3.7  million  reduction  to 
additional paid-in capital during the year ended December 31, 2016.   No net exercises of stock options were made 
during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2015.

(12) Basic and Diluted Earnings per Share

Potential shares of common stock are included in the diluted earnings per share calculation when dilutive.  Potential 
shares  of  common  stock,  consisting  of  common  stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of  outstanding  stock  options,  are 
calculated using the treasury stock method.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share (in thousands, except per share 
data) for the periods indicated:

Numerator:

Net income

Denominator:

2017

Years Ended December 31,
2016

2015

  $

17,643    $

90,908    $

105,931 

Weighted average common shares of class A common stock
Weighted average common shares of class B common stock
Total weighted average common stock shares outstanding
Effect of dilutive securities:
Employee stock options

Adjusted weighted average shares

9,409     
2,035     
11,444     

9,390     
2,035     
11,425     

103     
11,547     

91     
11,516     

9,320 
2,035 
11,355 

184 
11,539 

Earnings per share:

Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share

  $
  $

1.54    $
1.53    $

7.96    $
7.89    $

9.33 
9.18  

For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2017,  2016,  and  2015,  stock  options  issued  under  the  2013  Equity  Plan  to 
purchase  a  weighted  average  of  approximately  398,000,  391,000,  and  262,000  shares  of  class  A  common  stock, 

100

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
      
      
  
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
MICROSTRATEGY INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

respectively, were excluded from the diluted earnings per share calculation because their impact would have been 
anti-dilutive.

(13) Treasury Stock

The Board of Directors has authorized the Company’s repurchase of up to an aggregate of $800.0 million of its class 
A  common  stock  from  time  to  time  on  the  open  market  through  April  29,  2018  (the  “2005  Share  Repurchase 
Program”), although the program may be suspended or discontinued by the Company at any time.  The timing and 
amount  of  any  shares  repurchased  will  be  determined  by  the  Company’s  management  based  on  its  evaluation  of 
market  conditions  and  other  factors.    The  2005  Share  Repurchase  Program  may  be  funded  using  the  Company’s 
working capital, as well as proceeds from any other funding arrangements that the Company may enter into in the 
future.  As of December 31, 2017, the Company had repurchased an aggregate of 3,826,947 shares of its class A 
common stock at an average price per share of $90.23 and an aggregate cost of $345.3 million pursuant to the 2005 
Share Repurchase Program.  The average price per share and aggregate cost amounts disclosed above include broker 
commissions.  During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, the Company did not repurchase any 
shares of its class A common stock pursuant to the 2005 Share Repurchase Program.

(14) Employee Benefit Plan

The Company sponsors a benefit plan to provide retirement benefits for its employees, known as the MicroStrategy 
401(k) Savings Plan (the “Plan”). Participants may make voluntary contributions to the Plan of up to 50% of their 
annual base pre-tax compensation, cash bonuses, and commissions not to exceed the federally determined maximum 
allowable  contribution  amounts.  The  Plan  permits  for  discretionary  Company  contributions.    The  Company 
currently  makes  a  matching  contribution  to  each  Plan  participant  in  the  amount  of  50%  of  the  first  6%  of  a 
participant’s contributions, up to a maximum of $3,000 per year.  A participant vests in the matching contributions 
in  increments  based  on  the  participant’s  years  of  employment  by  the  Company,  becoming  fully  vested  after 
completing  six  years  of  employment.    The  Company  made  contributions  to  the  Plan  totaling  $2.1  million,  $1.9 
million, and $1.6 million during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

(15) Segment Information

The Company manages its business in one reportable operating segment.  The Company’s one reportable operating 
segment  is  engaged  in  the  design,  development,  marketing,  and  sales  of  its  software  platform  through  licensing 
arrangements and cloud-based subscriptions and related services.  The following table presents total revenues, gross 
profit, and long-lived assets, excluding long-term deferred tax assets, (in thousands) according to geographic region:

Geographic regions:
Year ended December 31, 2017

Total revenues
Gross profit

Year ended December 31, 2016

Total revenues
Gross profit

Year ended December 31, 2015

Total revenues
Gross profit

As of December 31, 2017
Long-lived assets
As of December 31, 2016
Long-lived assets

  Domestic   

EMEA    Other Regions     Consolidated  

  $ 292,930   $ 154,567   $
  $ 233,945   $ 126,147   $

57,046   $ 504,543 
47,802   $ 407,894 

  $ 310,972   $ 150,422   $
  $ 253,234   $ 122,865   $

50,767   $ 512,161 
42,915   $ 419,014 

  $ 326,792   $ 153,658   $
  $ 265,438   $ 121,148   $

49,419   $ 529,869 
42,175   $ 428,761 

  $ 53,102   $

4,108   $

1,516   $

58,726 

  $ 67,031   $

3,256   $

1,341   $

71,628  

The domestic region consists of the United States and Canada.  The EMEA region includes operations in Europe, 
the  Middle  East,  and  Africa.    The  other  regions  include  all  other  foreign  countries,  generally  comprising  Latin 

101

   
 
    
 
    
 
     
 
 
   
     
     
     
  
   
     
     
     
  
   
     
     
     
  
   
     
     
     
  
MICROSTRATEGY INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

America  and  the  Asia  Pacific  region.    For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2017,  2016,  and  2015,  no  individual 
foreign country accounted for 10% or more of total consolidated revenues.

For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, no individual customer accounted for 10% or more of total 
consolidated revenues.

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, no individual foreign country accounted for 10% or more of total consolidated 
assets.

(16) Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

The  following  tables  contain  unaudited  Statement  of  Operations  information  for  each  quarter  of  2017  and  2016. 
During the fourth quarter of 2017, the Company estimated and recorded a one-time tax provision of $44.0 million as 
a result of the Tax Act. This tax provision is comprised of a $40.3 million Transition Tax and a $3.7 million charge 
related to the re-measurement of net deferred tax assets arising from the new lower corporate tax rate effected by the 
Tax  Act.  During  the  fourth  quarter  of  2016,  the  Company  reversed  the  accrual  for  potential  future  payments  in 
connection with the departure from the Company of two executives in connection with an executive management 
reorganization in January 2016, which resulted in a $3.4 million increase in net income.  The operating results for 
any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.

2017
Revenues
Gross profit
Net (loss) income
Earnings (loss) per share:(1)

Basic
Diluted

2016
Revenues
Gross profit
Net income
Earnings per share:(1)

Basic
Diluted

Quarter Ended

  March 31     June 30

   September 30     December 31    

Year

(in thousands, except per share data)

  $ 120,576    $ 120,610    $ 125,212    $ 138,145    $ 504,543 
  $ 97,444    $ 96,235    $ 100,823    $ 113,392    $ 407,894 
17,924    $ (26,224)  $ 17,643 
  $ 14,867    $ 11,076    $

  $
  $

1.30    $
1.28    $

0.97    $
0.96    $

1.57    $
1.56    $

(2.29)  $
(2.29)  $

1.54 
1.53  

Quarter Ended

  March 31     June 30

   September 30     December 31    

Year

(in thousands, except per share data)

  $ 119,015    $ 123,142    $ 129,896    $ 140,108    $ 512,161 
  $ 96,192    $ 99,041    $ 106,961    $ 116,820    $ 419,014 
31,124    $ 90,908 
  $ 14,272    $ 18,884    $

26,628    $

  $
  $

1.25    $
1.24    $

1.65    $
1.64    $

2.33    $
2.31    $

2.72    $
2.69    $

7.96 
7.89  

(1)

The  sum  of  the  basic  and  diluted  (loss)  earnings  per  share  for  the  four  quarters  may  differ  from  annual 
earnings  per  share  as  the  weighted-average  shares  outstanding  are  computed  independently  for  each  of  the 
quarters presented.

(17) Subsequent Events 

In January 2018, the Company entered into an agreement to amend its corporate headquarters office lease.  The 
amendment extends the existing lease expiration date from December 2020 to December 2030 and provides for 
certain tenant allowances and incentives. Before tenant allowances and incentives, the Company’s annual base rent 
is expected to range from approximately $10.0 million to $13.0 million during the twelve-year lease term.

102

 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
      
      
      
      
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
       
       
       
       
 
   
      
      
      
      
  
Exhibit
Number

Description

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

3.1

3.2

4.1

10.1†

10.2†

10.3†

10.4†

10.5†

10.6†

10.7†

10.8†

10.9†

10.10†

10.11†

Second  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  the  registrant  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit  3.1  to  the  registrant’s  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  fiscal  quarter  ended  March  31, 
2003 (File No. 000-24435)).

Amended and Restated By-Laws of the registrant (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the 
registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 30, 2015 (File No. 000-24435)). 

Form  of  Certificate  of  Class  A  Common  Stock  of  the  registrant  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 4.1 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2003 
(File No. 000-24435)). 

MicroStrategy Incorporated 2013 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 
to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 9, 2013 (File No. 000-
24435)).

Amendment No. 1 to the MicroStrategy Incorporated 2013 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 28, 
2014 (File No. 000-24435)).

Amendment No. 2 to the MicroStrategy Incorporated 2013 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on 
July 25, 2014 (File No. 333-197645)).

Amendment No. 3 to the MicroStrategy Incorporated 2013 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 
26, 2015 (File No. 000-24435)).

2013 Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to 
the  registrant’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  with  the  SEC  on  September  9,  2013  (File  No.  000-
24435)).

2016 Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to 
the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2016 (File No. 000-
24435)).

Summary  of  Perquisites  and  Associated  Other  Compensation  Arrangements  for  Named  Executive 
Officers (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-
K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 (File No. 000-24435)). 

Summary of Director Fees and Perquisites and Associated Other Compensation Arrangements for Non-
Employee  Directors  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  to  the  registrant’s  Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2014 (File No. 000-24435)). 

Sublease  Agreement,  dated  as  of  January  31,  2011,  by  and  between  the  Company  and  Aeromar 
Management  Company,  LLC  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.14  to  the  registrant’s 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 (File No. 000-24435)).

Material  Terms  for  Payment  of  Certain  Executive  Incentive  Compensation  (incorporated  herein  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended 
March 31, 2015 (File No. 000-24435)).

Summary of Designated Company Vehicles Policy (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to 
the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2007 (File No. 000-
24435)).

103

10.12†

10.13†

10.14†

10.15†

10.16†

Amended and Restated Performance Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to 
the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 28, 2012 (File No. 000-
24435)).

Summary  of  Salary  and  Annual  Cash  Bonus  Target  Determinations  for  Phong  Q.  Le  and  Timothy  E. 
Lang  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  registrant’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  with  the 
SEC on March 24, 2017 (File No. 000-24435)).

Summary of Compensation for David J. Rennyson and W. Ming Shao (incorporated herein by reference 
to Exhibit 10.3 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 
2017 (File No. 000-24435)).

2017  Senior  Executive  Vice  President,  Worldwide  Sales  Compensation  Plan  (incorporated  herein  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended 
March 31, 2017 (File No. 000-24435)).

Summary of 2017 Cash Bonus Determinations for Executive Officers (incorporated herein by reference 
to Item 5.02 of the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 25, 2018 (File 
No. 000-24435)). 

10.17†

Summary of Compensation for Stephen H. Holdridge. 

21.1

23.1

31.1

31.2

32.1

Subsidiaries of the registrant.

Consent of KPMG LLP.

Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, 
President & Chief Executive Officer.

Certification  pursuant  to  Rule  13a-14(a)  or  Rule  15d-14(a)  of  the  Senior  Executive  Vice  President  & 
Chief Financial Officer.

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002.

101.INS XBRL Instance Document.

101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema.

101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase.

101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase.

101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase.

101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase.

†

Management contracts and compensatory plans or arrangements. 

104

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  the 
registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

MICROSTRATEGY INCORPORATED
(Registrant)

By:

/s/ Michael J. Saylor
Name: Michael J. Saylor
Title:  Chairman of the Board of Directors,
President & Chief Executive Officer

Date: February 7, 2018

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this report has been signed below 
by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name

Position

/S/ MICHAEL J. SAYLOR
Michael J. Saylor

Chairman of the Board of Directors, President & 
Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive 
Officer) 

Date

February 7, 2018

/S/ PHONG LE
Phong Le

Senior Executive Vice President & Chief Financial 

February 7, 2018

Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting 
Officer)

/S/ ROBERT H. EPSTEIN
Robert H. Epstein

/S/ STEPHEN X. GRAHAM
Stephen X. Graham

/S/ JARROD M. PATTEN
Jarrod M. Patten

/S/ CARL J. RICKERTSEN
Carl J. Rickertsen

Director

Director

Director

Director

February 7, 2018

February 7, 2018

February 7, 2018

February 7, 2018

105

SCHEDULE II
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015
(in thousands)

  Balance at the      
  beginning of      

the period     Additions (1)    Deductions    

    Balance at  
the end of  
the period  

Allowance for doubtful accounts:
December 31, 2017
December 31, 2016
December 31, 2015
Deferred tax valuation allowance:
December 31, 2017
December 31, 2016
December 31, 2015

  $
  $
  $

  $
  $
  $

3,181    
3,825    
4,412    

832    
1,984    
2,311    

2,269    
224    
884    

(1,260) $
(868) $
(1,471) $

183    
20    
75    

0   $
(1,172) $
(402) $

4,190 
3,181 
3,825 

1,015 
832 
1,984  

(1)

Reductions in/charges to revenues and expenses.

106